SPECIAL ISSUE 1465

Kenya Gazette Supplement No. 86 28th June, 2018

(Legislative Supplement No. 40)

LEGAL NOTICE NO. 133
THE CIVIL AVIATION ACT
(No. 21 of 2013)
THE CIVIL AVIATION (SURVEILLANCE AND COLLISION
AVOIDANCE SYSTEMS) REGULATIONS, 2018
ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS
Regulation
PART I —PRELIMINARY PROVISIONS
1— Citation.
2— Interpretation.
3— Application.
PART II—GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
4— Requirements for Communication, Navigation and Surveillance
(CNS) Facilities.
5— Certification of CNS Provider.
6— Approval Requirement.
7— Inspections and Audits.
8— Siting and Installation.
9— Commissioning Requirement.
10—Availability and reliability of CNS facilities.
11—Interface arrangement for support services.
12—Record Keeping and documentation.
13—Operations Manual.
14—Periodic Inspection, Testing and Security of CNS facilities.
15—Flight Inspection and facility check after accident or incident.
16—Operation and Maintenance Plan.
17—Training and Personnel Requirements for CNS Personnel.

 
1466 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
18—Facility malfunction incident and radio interference reporting and
operational status of CN systems.
19—Proficiency certification program.
20—Safety case, notification of Aeronautical facility status and
interruption to service.
PART III—SECONDARY SURVEILLANCE RADAR (SSR)-GENERAL
21—SSR Operations.
22—Commissioning Requirements.
23—System Recording and Replay Facilities.
24—Interrogation modes (ground-to-air).
25—Side-lobe suppression.
26—Transponder reply modes (air-to-ground).
27—Mode A reply codes (information pulses).
28—Mode S airborne equipment capability.
29—Capability reporting in Mode S squitters.
30—Extended Length Message (ELM) Transmit Power.
31—Secondary Surveillance Radar(SSR) Mode-S address (aircraft
address).
32—Human factors considerations.
PART IV—SURVEILLANCE SYSTEMS
33—Secondary surveillance radar data recording.
34—Interrogation and control (interrogation side-lobe suppression) radio
frequencies. (ground-to-air).
35—Reply carrier frequency (air-to-ground).
36—Polarization.
37—Interrogation modes (signals-in-space).
38—Interrogator and control transmission characteristics interrogation
side-lobe suppression signals-in-space).
39—Reply transmission characteristics (signals-in-space).
40—Technical characteristics of transponders with mode A and mode C
capabilities only.

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1467
41—Technical characteristics of ground interrogators with mode A and
mode C capabilities only.
42—Interrogator radiated field pattern.
43—Interrogator Monitor.
44—Spurious radiation and responses.
45—Systems having Mode S capabilities.
PART V—AIRBORNE COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEM (ACAS)
46—ACAS I general provisions and characteristics.
47—Signal format.
48—Interference control.
49—General provisions relating to ACAS II and ACASIII.
50—Surveillance performance requirements for ACAS II and ACAS III.
51—Traffic advisories.
52—Threat detection.
53—Resolution Advisories (RAs).
54—Coordination and communication.
55—Provisions for ACAS communication with ground stations.
56—Provisions for data transfer between ACAS and its mode S
transponder.
57—ACAS protocols.
58—Protocols for ACAS communication with ground stations.
59—ACAS sensitivity level control.
60—Signal formats.
61—Field description.
62—ACAS fields and subfields.
63—ACAS equipment characteristics.
64—Antenna selection and pressure altitude source.
65—ACAS Monitoring.
66—Requirements for a Mode S transponder used in conjunction with
ACAS.
67—Data transfer from ACAS to its Mode S transponder.

 
1468 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
68—Data transfer from Mode S transponder to its ACAS.
69—Communication of ACAS information to other ACAS.
70—Communication of ACAS information to ground stations.
71—Indications to the flight crew.
72—Conditions under which the requirements apply.
73—Standard altimetry error model.
74—Standard pilot model.
75—Standard encounter model.
76—Encounter classes and weights.
77—Characteristics of the aircraft trajectories in the vertical plane.
78—Characteristics of the aircraft trajectories in the horizontal plane.
79—ACAS equipage of the intruder.
80—Compatibility between different collision avoidance logic designs.
81—Reduction in the risk of collision.
82—Compatibility with air traffic management (ATM).
83—Compatible sense selection.
84—Deviations caused by ACAS.
85—Relative value of conflicting objectives.
86—ACAS use of extended squitter.
87—ACAS operation with an improved receiver Minimum Triggering
Level (MTL).
PART VI—MODE S EXTENDED SQUITTER
88—ADS-B out requirements.
89—Control of ADS-B out operation.
90—TIS-B out requirements.
91—Mode S extended squitter receiving system functional requirements.
92—Message exchange function.
93—Report assembler function.
94—ADS-B report types.
95—TIS-B report types.

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1469
96— Report time of applicability.
97— Non-precision local time reference.
98— Reporting requirements.
99— Interoperability.
PART VII —MULTILATERATION SYSTEMS
100—Functional requirements.
101—Protection of the radio frequency environment.
102—Performance requirements.
PART VIII—TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR AIRBORNE
SURVEILLANCE APPLICATIONS
103—Traffic data functions.
104—Displaying traffic.
PART IX—EXEMPTIONS
105—Requirements for application for exemption.
106—Review and publication.
107—Evaluation of the request.
PART X—MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
108—Drug and alcohol testing and reporting.
109—Change of Name.
110—Change of address.
111—Replacement of documents.
112—Use and retention of documents and records
113—Reports of violation.
114—Failure to comply with direction.
115—Aeronautical fees.
116—Contravention of Regulations
117—Penalties.
118—Appeals to the Tribunal.
119—Transition provisions.
SCHEDULES

 
1470 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
LEGAL NOTICE NO……....
THE CIVIL AVIATION ACT, 2013
(No 21 of 2013)
IN EXERCISE of powers conferred by section 82 of the Civil Aviation
Act, the Cabinet Secretary for Transport, Infrastructure, Housing and
Urban Development makes the following Regulations—
CIVIL AVIATION (SURVEILLANCE AND COLLISION
AVOIDANCE SYSTEMS) REGULATIONS, 2018
PART 1—PRELIMINARY PROVISIONS

1. These Regulations may be cited as the Civil Aviation Citation

(Surveillance and Collision Avoidance Systems) Regulations 2018.

2. In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires— Interpretation

“ACAS I” means an ACAS which provides information as an aid

to “see and avoid” action but does not include the capability for
generating resolution advisories (RAs);
“ACAS II” means an ACAS which provides vertical resolution
advisories (RAs) in addition to traffic advisories (TAs);
“ACAS III” means an ACAS which provides vertical and
horizontal resolution advisories (RAs) in addition to traffic advisories
(TAs);
“ACAS broadcast” means a long Mode S air-air surveillance
interrogation (UF = 16) with the broadcast address;
“Act” means the Civil Aviation Act, 2013;
“Active RAC” means a RAC currently constrains the selection of
the RA. RACs that have been received within the last six seconds and
have not been explicitly cancelled are active;
“Airborne collision avoidance system” means an aircraft system
based on secondary surveillance radar (SSR) transponder signals which
operates independently of ground-based equipment to provide advice to
the pilot on potential conflicting aircraft that are equipped with SSR
transponders ;
“Air craft address” means a unique combination of twenty-four
bits available for assignment to an aircraft for the purpose of air-ground
communications, navigation and surveillance;
“air navigation services” means air traffic services,
communication, navigation and surveillance, and aeronautical
information services;
“Air navigation services facility” means any facility used,
available for use, or designed for use in aid of navigation of aircraft,
including airports, landing fields, any structures, mechanisms, lights,
beacons, marks, communicating systems, or other instruments or
 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1471
devices used or useful as an aid to the safe taking off, navigation, and
landing of aircraft and any combination of such facilities;
“Air navigation services provider” means an independent entity
established for the purpose of operating and managing air navigation
services and empowered to manage and use the revenues it generated to
cover its costs;
“Altitude crossing RA” means a resolution advisory is altitude
crossing if own ACAS aircraft is currently at least 30 m (100 ft) below
or above the threat aircraft for upward or downward sense advisories,
respectively;
“Automatic dependent surveillance-broadcast (ADS-B) OUT)”
means a function on an aircraft or vehicle that periodically broadcasts
its state vector (position and velocity) and other information derived
from on-board systems in a format suitable for ADS-B IN capable
receivers;
“Authority” means the Kenya Civil Aviation Authority
established under section 4 of the Act;
“Automatic dependent surveillance-broadcast (ADS-B) IN)”
means a function that receives surveillance data from ADS-B OUT data
sources;
“Climb RA” means a positive RA recommending a climb but not
an increased climb;
“Closest approach” means the occurrence of minimum range
between own ACAS aircraft and the intruder. Thus range at closest
approach is the smallest range between the two aircraft and time of
closest approach is the time at which this occurs;
“Collision avoidance logic” means the sub-system or part of
ACAS that analyses data relating to an intruder and own aircraft,
decides whether or not advisories are appropriate and, if so, generates
the advisories. It includes the following functions: range and altitude
tracking, threat detection and RA generation. It excludes surveillance;
“Co-ordination” means the process by which two ACAS-
equipped aircraft select compatible resolution advisories (RAs) by the
exchange of resolution advisory complements (RACs);
“Co-ordination interrogation” means a Mode S interrogation
(uplink transmission) radiated by ACAS II or III and containing a
resolution message;
“Co-ordination reply” means a Mode S reply (downlink
transmission) acknowledging the receipt of a coordination interrogation
by the Mode S transponder that is part of an ACAS II or III installation;
“Corrective RA” means a resolution advisory that advises the
pilot to deviate from the current flight path;
“Cycle” means one complete pass through the sequence of
functions executed by ACAS II or ACAS III, nominally once a second;

 
1472 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
“Descend RA” means a positive RA recommending a descent but
not an increased descent;
“Established track” means a track generated by ACAS air-air
surveillance that is treated as the track of an actual aircraft;
“Human Factors principles” means principles which apply to
design, certification, training, operations and maintenance and which
seek safe interface between the human and other system components by
proper consideration to human performance;
“Increased rate RA” means a resolution advisory with a strength
that recommends increasing the altitude rate to a value exceeding that
recommended by a previous climb or descend RA;
“Intruder” means an SSR transponder-equipped aircraft within
the surveillance range of ACAS for which ACAS has an established
track;
“Multilateration (MLAT) System” means a group of equipment
configured to provide position derived from the secondary surveillance
radar (SSR) transponder signals (replies or squitters) primarily using
time difference of arrival (TDOA) techniques. Additional information,
including identification, can be extracted from the received signals;
“Own aircraft” means the aircraft fitted with the ACAS that is the
subject of the discourse, which ACAS is to protect against possible
collisions, and which may enter a manoeuvre in response to an ACAS
indication;
“Positive RA” means a resolution advisory that advises the pilot
either to climb or to descend (applies to ACAS II);
“Potential threat” means an intruder deserving special attention
either because of its close proximity to own aircraft or because
successive range and altitude measurements indicate that it could be on
a collision or near-collision course with own aircraft. The warning time
provided against a potential threat is sufficiently small that traffic
advisory (TA) is justified but not so small that a resolution advisory
(RA) would be justified;
“Preventive RA” means a resolution advisory that advises the
pilot to avoid certain deviations from the current flight path but does
not require any change in the current flight path;
“RA sense” means the sense of an ACAS II RA is “upward” if it
requires climb or limitation of descent rate and “downward” if it
requires descent or limitation of climb rate. It can be both upward and
downward simultaneously if it requires limitation of the vertical rate to
a specified range;
“Resolution Advisory (RA)” means an indication given to the
flight crew recommending—
(a) a manoeuvre intended to provide separation from all
threats; or
(b) a manoeuvre restriction intended to maintain existing

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1473
separation;
“Resolution advisory complement (RAC)” means information
provided by one ACAS to another via a Mode S interrogation in order
to ensure complementary manoeuvres by restricting the choice of
manoeuvres available to the ACAS receiving the RAC;
“Resolution advisory complements record (RAC record)” means
a composite of all currently active vertical RACs (VRCs) and
horizontal RACs (HRCs) that have been received by ACAS. This
information is provided by one ACAS to another ACAS or to a Mode S
ground station via a Mode S reply;
“Resolution advisory strength” means the magnitude of the
manoeuvre indicated by the RA. An RA may take on several successive
strengths before being cancelled. Once a new RA strength is issued, the
previous one automatically becomes void;
“Resolution message” means the message containing the
resolution advisory complement (RAC);
“Reversed sense RA” means a resolution advisory that has had its
sense reversed;
“Secondary surveillance radar (SSR)” means a surveillance radar
system which uses transmitters/receivers (interrogators) and
transponders;
“Sensitivity level (S)” means an integer defining a set of
parameters used by the traffic advisory (TA) and collision avoidance
algorithms to control the warning time provided by the potential threat
and threat detection logic, as well as the values of parameters relevant
to the RA selection logic;
“Surveillance radar” means radar equipment used to determine
the position of an aircraft in range and azimuth;
“Threat” means an intruder deserving special attention either
because of its close proximity to own aircraft or because successive
range and altitude measurements indicate that it could be on a collision
or near-collision course with own aircraft. The warning time provided
against a threat is sufficiently small that an RA is justified;
“Time difference of arrival (TDOA)” means the difference in
relative time that a transponder signal from the same aircraft (or ground
vehicle) is received at different receivers;
“Track” means a sequence of at least three measurements
representing positions that could reasonably have been occupied by an
aircraft;
“Traffic advisory (TA)” means an indication given to the flight
crew that a certain intruder is a potential threat;
“Traffic information service – broadcast (TIS-B) IN)” means a
surveillance function that receives and processes surveillance data from
TIS-B OUT data sources;

 
1474 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
“Traffic information service – broadcast (TIS-B) OUT)” means a
function on the ground that periodically broadcasts the surveillance
information made available by ground sensors in a format suitable for
TIS-B IN capable receivers;
“Tribunal” means the National Civil Aviation Administrative
Review Tribunal established under section 66 of the Act;
“Vertical speed limit (VSL) RA” means a resolution advisory
advising the pilot to avoid a given range of altitude rates. A VSL RA
can be either corrective or preventive; and
“Warning time” means the time interval between potential threat
or threat detection and closest approach when neither aircraft
accelerates.
3. (1) These Regulations shall apply to a person providing Application.
Communication, Navigation and Surveillance services within
designated air space and at aerodromes.
(2) These Regulations do not apply to a person providing
Communication, Navigation and Surveillance Services to state aircraft.
PART II-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

4. The minimum requirements for planning, installation, Requirements for

Communication,
commissioning, training, operations and maintenance of the Navigation and
Communications, Navigation and Surveillance (CNS) facilities shall Surveillance (CNS)
conform to these Regulations. Facilities.

5. A person who wishes to provide CNS service or operate a Certification of CNS

Provider.
facility to support an air traffic service shall have an ANSP certificate
issued in accordance with the Civil Aviation (Certification of ANSPs)
Regulations 2018.
6. (1) A person shall not provide air navigation services or Approval
Requirement.
operate communication, navigation and surveillance facilities or
systems in the designated airspace and aerodromes unless the facilities
or systems have been approved by the Authority.
(2) The ANSP shall notify the Authority of its intention to
procure, install, use, decommission, upgrade or relocate any
communication, navigation and surveillance facility or facilities in the
designated airspace and aerodromes not less than thirty(30) days prior
to the date of start of the process.
(3) The Authority shall approve installation, use,
decommissioning, upgrading or relocation of all the communication,
navigation and surveillance facility or facilities in the designated
airspace and aerodromes.

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1475
7. The Authority shall carry out safety inspections and audits on Inspections and
Audits.
CNS facilities, documents and records of the CNS facilities to
determine compliance in accordance with these Regulations.
(2) An inspector of the Authority shall have unrestricted access to
the facilities, installations, records and documents of the service
provider to determine compliance with these Regulations and required
procedures.

8. (1) The Air Navigation Service Provider shall— Siting and

Installation.
(a) establish procedures to ensure that the communication,
navigation and surveillance systems—
(i) are operated, maintained, available and reliable in
accordance with the requirements set out by the
Authority;
(ii) are designed to meet the applicable operational
specification for that facility;
(iii) are installed and commissioned as required by the
Authority; and
(iv) conform to the applicable system characteristics and
specification standards provided by the Authority;
and
(b) determine the site for installation of a new facility based on
operational requirements, construction aspects and
maintainability.
(2) The facilities in sub-regulation (1) shall be installed by
licensed ATSEPs with relevant ratings for the facilities.
9. The Air Navigation Service Provider shall— Commissioning
requirements
(a) establish procedures to ensure that each new facility;
(i) is commissioned to meet the specifications for that facility;
and
(ii) is in compliance with applicable standards;
(b) ensure that the system performance of the new facility has
been validated by the necessary tests, and that all parties
involved with the operations and maintenance of the
facility, including its maintenance contractors have
accepted and are satisfied with the results of the tests;
(c) ensure that procedures include documentation of tests
conducted on the facility prior to the commissioning,
including those that test the compliance of the facility with
the applicable standards and any flight check required.

 
1476 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
10. (1) An Air Navigation Services Provider shall be responsible Availability and
reliability of CNS
for the provision of communication, navigation and surveillance facilities
services and facilities to ensure that the telecommunication information
and data necessary for the safe, regular and efficient operation of air
navigation is available.
(2) The functional specification of each of the air navigation
service provider’s telecommunication services shall include the
following values or characteristics for each service—
(a) availability;
(b) reliability;
(c) accuracy;
(d) Integrity;
(e) mean time between failure (MTBF); and
(f) mean time to repair (MTTF).
(3)The values mentioned in sub-regulation (2) shall be derived or
measured from either or both of—
(a) the configuration of each service; and
(b) the known performance of each service.
(4) The Air navigation service provider shall describe in the
operations manual the method used to calculate each of the values
(5) For a radio navigation service, the integrity values or
characteristics shall be given for each kind of navigation aid facility
that forms part of the service
(6)The performance of technical facilities shall be monitored,
reviewed and reported against these Regulations.
(7) The air navigation service provider shall ensure that a facility
is installed with main and standby power supply and adequate air
conditioning to ensure continuity of operation appropriate to the service
being provided.
11. An air navigation service provider shall formalize interface Interface
arrangement for
arrangements where applicable with external organizations in the form support services.
of service level agreements, detailing the following—
(a) interface and functional specifications of the support
service;
(b) service level of the support service such as availability,
accuracy, integrity and recovery time of failure of service;
and
(c) monitoring and reporting of the operational status of the
service to the service provider.
12. (1) An air navigation service provider shall— Record Keeping and
documentation.
(a) hold copies of relevant equipment manuals, technical

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1477
standards, practices, instructions, maintenance procedures,
site logbooks, systems backup data, equipment and test
gear inventory and any other documentation that are
necessary for the provision and operation of the facility;
(b) establish a procedure for the control of the documentation
required under these regulations;
(c) keep records under the control of the relevant key
personnel;
(d) Control access to the records system to ensure appropriate
security.
(2) The air navigation service provider shall ensure that data and
voice for air navigation service operational systems are recorded
continuously and procedures established for the retention and
utilization of these recordings for analysis
(3) An air navigation service provider shall maintain all
documents and records which are necessary for the operation and
maintenance of the service and make available copies of these
documents to personnel where needed.
(4) These documents shall include—
(a) a copy of these regulations;
(b) the air navigation service provider’s operations manual;
(c) ICAO Annex 10 Volumes I to V, ICAO Doc 8071 -
Manual on Testing of Radio Navigation Aids, and other
relevant ICAO documents;
(d) records of malfunction and safety incident reports;
(e) records of internal audit reports;
(f) agreements with other organizations;
(g) records of investigation into serious incidents;
(h) records of staff deployment, duty and leave rosters;
(i) records of equipment spares;
(j) records of job description, training programme and plan of
each staff member; and
(k) all related air navigation service technical standards and
technical guidance material developed by the Authority.
(5) A document retained for this regulation shall be retained for
at least three years if paper based and one hundred and eighty (180)
days if computer based.
(6) The air navigation service provider shall establish a process
for the authorization and amendment of these documents to ensure that
they are constantly updated and ensure that—
(a) the currency of the documentation can be readily

 
1478 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
determined;
(b) amendments to the documentation are controlled in
accordance with established quality management
principles;
(c) only current versions of documents are available; and
(d) the person authorizing the creation and any revision is
identified.
(7) The air navigation service provider shall ensure that where
documents are held as computer based records and where paper copies
of computer based records are made, they are subjected to the same
control as paper documents
(8) An air navigation service provider shall establish procedures
to identify, collect, index, store, maintain, and dispose records
covering—
(a) the performance and maintenance history of each facility;
(b) the establishment of the periodic test programmes for each
facility;
(c) each item of test equipment required for the measurement
of critical performance parameters;
(d) each reported or detected facility malfunction;
(e) each internal quality assurance review; and
(f) each person who is authorised to place facilities into
operational service.
13. (1) An Air Navigation Services Provider shall develop an Operations manual.
operations manual that demonstrates the Air Navigation Services
Provider’s compliance with these Regulations.
(2) The contents of the operations manual shall contain—
(a) the information required of the Air Navigation Services
Provider in accordance with these Regulations;
(b) an organization chart of the Air Navigation Services
Provider and its maintenance contractors, if any, that shows
the position of each personnel and the name, qualification,
experience, duties and responsibilities of personnel who are
responsible for ensuring the compliance of the organization
with the requirements described in these regulations;
(c) an overall operation and maintenance plan for the
aeronautical telecommunication service, and for each
facility, an operation and maintenance plan, as described in
these regulations document;
(d) for each facility, information on the compliance of the
facility with these regulations and the applicable
aeronautical telecommunication standards; and

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1479
(e) the system performance target of each facility, such as its
availability and reliability.
(3) The operations manual shall consist of a main manual
covering the main areas that need to be addressed, as well as separate
supporting documents and manuals (such as the operation and
maintenance plan of each facility) that are referred to in the main
manual.
(4)The air navigation service provider shall control the
distribution of the operations manual and ensure that it is amended
whenever necessary to maintain the accuracy of the information in the
operations manual and to keep its contents up to date.
(5)The air navigation service provider shall establish an operation
and maintenance plan for each facility which shall include—
(a) a procedure for the periodic inspection and testing of each
facility to verify that it meets the operational and
performance specifications of that facility;
(b) details of flight test, if necessary, such as the standards and
procedures to be used and flight test interval, which shall
be in compliance with guidelines prescribed by the
Authority;
(c) the interval between periodic inspection and flight test and
the basis for that interval and whenever the interval is
changed, the reasons for such change shall be documented;
(d) the operation and maintenance instructions for each
facility;
(e) an analysis of the number of personnel required to operate
and maintain each facility taking into account the workload
required;
(f) the corrective plan and procedures for each facility,
including such as whether the repair of modules and
component are undertaken in-house or by equipment
manufacturers; and the spare support plan for each facility;
and
(g) the maintenance plan or the operating and maintenance
instructions for each facility shall specify the test
equipment requirements for all levels of operation and
maintenance undertaken.
14. (1) An ANSP shall establish a procedure for the periodic inspection
Periodicand testing
Inspection,
Testing and Security
of the communication, navigation and surveillance systems to verify that each facility
of CNS facilities.
meets the applicable operational requirements and performance specifications for that
facility.
(2)The air navigation service provider shall ensure—
(a) that appropriate inspection, measuring and test equipment are available for
staff to maintain the operation of each facility;

 
1480 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
(b) the control, calibration and maintenance of such equipment so that they have
the precision and accuracy necessary for the measurements and tests to be
performed
(3) Periodic inspection shall include—
(a) security of the facility and site;
(b) adherence to the approved maintenance programme;
(c) upkeep of the equipment, building, site and site services; and
(d) adequacy of facility records and documentation.
(4) The air navigation service provider shall establish a security programme for the
communication, navigation and surveillance facility
(5) The security programme required under sub regulation (4) shall specify the
physical security requirements, practices, and procedures to be followed for the purposes
of minimising the risk of destruction of, damage to, or interference with the operation of
communication, navigation and surveillance facility.
(6) An air navigation service provider shall make a test transmission if—
(a) the transmission is necessary to test a service, facility or equipment;
(b) within a reasonable time before commencing the transmission, the users have
been informed about the transmission;
(c) at the commencement of the transmission, the service provider identifies the
transmission as a test transmission; and
(d) the transmission contains information identifying it as a test transmission.
(7) The air navigation services provider shall ensure that—
(a) CNS systems and services are protected against service attacks to a level
consistent with the application service requirements;
(b) all end-systems supporting air navigation security services shall be capable of
authenticating the identity of peer end-systems, authenticating the source of
messages and ensuring the data integrity of the messages;
(c) strategies and best practices on the protection of critical information and
communications technology systems used for civil aviation purposes are
developed and implemented;
(d) policies are established to ensure that, for critical aviation systems;
(e) system architectures are secure by design;
(f) systems are resilient;
(g) methods for data transfer are secured, ensuring integrity and confidentiality of
data;
(h) system monitoring, and incident detection and reporting, methods are
implemented; and
(i) forensic analysis of cyber incidents is carried out.

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1481
15. An Air Navigation Service Provider shall— Flight Inspection and
facility check after
(a) ensure that radio navigation aids are available for use by accident or incident.

aircraft engaged in air navigation and that the radio

navigation aids are subjected to periodic ground and flight
inspections; and
(b) establish a procedure to check and accurately record the
operating condition of any communication, navigation and
surveillance facility that may have been used by an aircraft
that is involved in an accident or incident.
16. (1) The Air Navigation Service Provider shall establish an Operation and
Maintenance Plan.
overall operations and maintenance plan for the aeronautical
telecommunication service.
(2) All facilities shall—
(a) be tested for normal operations on a routine basis;
(b) meet the required level of reliability and availability;
(c) provide for the timely and appropriate detection and
warning of system failures and degradations;
(d) include documentation on the consequences of system,
subsystem and equipment failures and degradations; and
(e) include measures to control the probability of failures and
degradations.
17. (1) An Air Navigation Services Provider shall— CNS Personnel
training and Other
(a) ensure that it employs sufficient number of personnel who Requirements.

possess the skills and competencies required in the

provision of the aeronautical telecommunication service;
(b) provide in the MANSOPS an analysis of the personnel
required to perform the Communication Navigation and
surveillance services for each facility taking into account
the duties and workload required;
(c) develop job descriptions for each of its staff that depict the
job purpose, key responsibilities, and outcome to be
achieved of each staff;
(d) develop an overall training policy and programme for the
organization that shall lay down;
(e) designate an officer in charge of training or on-job training
(OJT) at the operational stations;
(f) maintain individual training records for each of its staff;
(g) conduct a yearly review of the training plan for each staff at
the beginning of the year to identify any gaps in
competency and changes in training requirement and
prioritize the type of training required for the coming year;
and

 
1482 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
(h) ensure that the training requirements of these Regulations
are similarly applied to its maintenance contractors, if any.
(2) The OJT officer in sub-regulation (1)(f) above shall have
satisfactorily completed the OJT instructional techniques course.
(3) A person shall not perform a function related to the
installation, training, operation or maintenance of any communication,
navigation and a surveillance system unless—
(a) that person has successfully completed training in the
performance of that functioning line with the ATSEP
competency based training requirements;
(b) the Air Navigation Service Provider is satisfied that the
technical person is competent in performing that function;
and
(c) that person has been certified in accordance with
requirements of Civil Aviation Regulations.
18. (1) An air navigation service provider shall establish Facility malfunction
incident and radio
procedures for the reporting, collection and notification of facility interference
malfunction incidents and safety incidents. reporting and
operational status of
(2) The procedures in sub-regulation (1) shall be documented in CNS systems.
the MANSOPS.
(3) An air navigation service provider shall compile reports of
incidents and review such reports periodically with its maintenance
contractors to—
(a) determine the cause of the incidents and determine any
adverse trends;
(b) implement corrective and preventive actions where
necessary to prevent recurrence of the incidents; and
(c) implement any measures to improve the safety performance
of the aeronautical telecommunication service.
(4) The air navigation service provider shall—
(a) report any serious service failure or safety incident to the
Authority and investigate such incidents in order to
establish how and why the incident happened, including
possible organizational contributing factors and to
recommend actions to prevent a recurrence; and
(b) ensure that information on the operational status of each
communication, navigation and surveillance facility that is
essential for the en-route, approach, landing, and take-off
phases of flight is provided to meet the operational needs of
the service being provided.
(5) The air navigation service provider shall—
(a) establish a procedure for the management and protection of
aeronautical radio spectrum;

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1483
(b) designate a responsible person to control any frequency
allocation within the aeronautical radio spectrum to ensure
that there will be no conflict and interference to any radio
stations or facility;
(c) ensure that there is no willful transmission of unnecessary
or anonymous radio signals, messages or data by any of its
radio stations;
(d) establish procedures with the communication authority to
address occurrence of radio frequency interference;
(e) ensure that any frequency interference occurrences are
reported, investigated and follow-up actions taken to
prevent recurrence;
(f) keep updated records of all allocated frequencies; and
(d) ensure that no facility providing radio signals for the
purpose of aviation safety shall be allowed to continue in
operation, if there is a suspicion or any cause to suspect that
the information being provided by that facility is erroneous.
19. (1)The Air Navigation Service Provider shall develop Proficiency
certification.
proficiency certification program for ATSEP engaged in the
installation, training, operations and program maintenance of
Communication, Navigation and Surveillance systems in accordance
with guidelines set out by the Authority.
(2) The Authority shall certify ATSEP involved in the
installation, training, operations and maintenance of Communication,
Navigation and Surveillance systems in accordance with these
Regulations.
20. (1) The Air Navigation Service Provider shall ensure that for Safety case
notification of
safety critical systems, including automated air traffic control systems, Aeronautical facility
communication systems and instrument landing systems, the status.
commissioning of such systems shall include the conduct of a safety
case or equivalent.
(2) The Air Navigation Service Provider shall ensure that human
factors principles are observed in the design, operations and
maintenance of aeronautical telecommunication facilities.
(3) An air navigation service provider shall, as soon as possible—
(a) forward to the Aeronautical Information Services—
(i) information on the operational details of any new
facility for publication in the Aeronautical
Information Publication; and
(ii) information concerning any change in the operational
status of any existing facility, for the issue of a
Notice to Airmen; and
(b) ensure that the information forwarded under sub-paragraph
(a) has been accurately published.

 
1484 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
(4) An air navigation service provider shall—
(a) establish a procedure to be used in the event of interruption
to or when upgrading communication, navigation and
surveillance systems;
(b) specify an acceptable recovery time for each service.
PART III—SECONDARY SURVEILLANCE RADAR (SSR)
21. When Secondary Surveillance Radar (SSR) is installed and Secondary
Surveillance
maintained in operation as an aid to air traffic services, it shall conform Radar(SSR)
to the provisions of these Regulations unless otherwise specified. Operations.

22. (1) Test flights shall be mandatory during a system Commissioning

Requirements.
commissioning technical acceptance test.
(2) The test method shall comprise the following stages—
(a) data collection and observations;
(b) data analysis; and
(c) comparison of results to assess performance.
(3) Prior to tests carried out as part of planned maintenance, all
the parameters listed below shall have been measured by the
manufacturer and the results of those measurements made available to
the user—
(a) horizontal polar diagram;
(b) vertical polar diagram;
(c) antenna gain; and
(d) azimuth squint and skew, that is distortion of beam shape
(squint) or skew (direction) as function of frequency within
the operating bandwidth of the antenna.
23. Radar surveillance data supplied to the display system shall System Recording
and Replay Facilities
be recorded continuously and procedures shall be established for the
retention and utilization of these recordings for analysis.
24. (1) Interrogation for air traffic services shall be performed on Interrogation modes
(ground-to-air)
the modes described in regulation 37 (3) and regulation 42 and each
mode shall be used as follows—
(a) Mode A to elicit transponder replies for identity and
surveillance;
(b) Mode C— to elicit transponder replies for automatic
pressure-altitude transmission and surveillance;
(c) Intermode—
(i) Mode A/C/S all-call: to elicit replies for surveillance
of Mode A/C transponders and for the acquisition of
Mode S transponders; or
(ii) Mode A/C-only all-call: to elicit replies for

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1485
surveillance of Mode A/C transponders. Mode S
transponders do not reply; and
(d) Mode S—
(i) Mode S-only all-call: to elicit replies for acquisition
of Mode S transponders;
(ii) Broadcast: to transmit information to all Mode S
transponders. No replies are elicited; or
(iii) Selective: for surveillance of, and communication
with, individual Mode S transponders. For each
interrogation, a reply is elicited only from the
transponder uniquely addressed by the interrogation.
(2) Administrations shall coordinate with appropriate national
and international authorities those implementation aspects of the SSR
system which permit its optimum use.
(3) The assignment of interrogator identifier codes in areas of
overlapping coverage, across international boundaries of flight
information regions, shall be the subject of regional air navigation
agreements.
(4) The assignment of surveillance identifier codes in areas of
overlapping coverage shall be the subject of regional air navigation
agreements.
(5) Mode A and Mode C interrogations shall be provided by
intermode interrogations which elicit Mode A and Mode C replies from
Mode A/C transponders.
(6) In areas where improved aircraft identification is necessary to
enhance the effectiveness of the Air Traffic Control system, SSR
ground facilities having Mode S features shall include aircraft
identification capability.
25. (1) Side-lobe suppression shall be provided in accordance Side-lobe
suppression.
with the provisions of regulations 37 and 38 on all Mode A, Mode C
and inter-mode interrogations.
(2) Side-lobe suppression shall be provided in accordance with
the provisions of regulation 42 (17) on all Mode S-only all-call
interrogations.
26. (1) Transponders shall respond to Mode A interrogations in Transponder reply
modes (air-to-
accordance with the provisions of regulation 40(22) and to Mode C ground).
interrogations in accordance with the provisions of regulation 40 (24).
(2) The pressure-altitude reports contained in Mode S replies
shall be derived as specified in regulation 40 (24).
(3) Where the need for Mode C automatic pressure-altitude
transmission capability within a specified airspace has been
determined, transponders, when used within the airspace concerned,
shall respond to Mode C interrogations with pressure-altitude encoding
in the information pulses.

 
1486 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
(4) All transponders, regardless of the airspace in which they will
be used, shall respond to Mode C interrogations with pressure-altitude
information
(5) For aircraft equipped with 7.62 metres (25 feet) or better
pressure-altitude sources, the pressure-altitude information provided by
Mode S transponders in response to selective interrogations shall be
reported in 7.62 metres (25 feet) increments.
(6) All Mode A/C transponders shall report pressure-altitude
encoded in the information pulses in Mode C replies.
(7) All Mode S transponders shall report pressure-altitude
encoded in the information pulses in Mode C replies and in the AC
field of Mode S replies.
(8) When a Mode S transponder is not receiving more pressure-
altitude information from a source with a quantization of 7.62 metres
(25 feet) or better increments, the reported value of the altitude shall be
the value obtained by expressing the measured value of the uncorrected
pressure-altitude of the aircraft in 30.48 metres (100 feet) increments
and the Q bit shall be set to 0.
(9) Transponders used within airspace where the need for Mode S
airborne capability has been determined shall also respond to intermode
and Mode S interrogations in accordance with the applicable provisions
of regulation 42.
(10) Requirements for mandatory carriage of SSR Mode S
transponders shall—
(a) be on the basis of regional air navigation agreements; and
(b) specify the airspace and the airborne implementation
timescales.
(11) The agreements indicated in subregulation (10) shall provide
at least a notice of five years.
27. (1) All transponders shall be capable of generating 4096 reply Mode A reply codes
(information pulses).
codes conforming to the characteristics given in regulation 39(2).
(2) Air Traffic Services authorities shall establish the procedures
for the allotment of SSR codes in conformity with Regional Air
Navigation agreements, taking into account other users of the system.
(3) The following Mode A codes shall be reserved for special
purposes—
(a) Code 7700 to provide recognition of an aircraft in an
emergency;
(b) Code 7600 to provide recognition of an aircraft with radio
communication failure; and
(c) Code 7500 to provide recognition of an aircraft which is
being subjected to unlawful interference.
(4) Appropriate provisions shall be made in ground decoding

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1487
equipment to ensure immediate recognition of Mode A codes 7500,
7600 and 7700.

(5) Mode A code 0000 shall be reserved for allocation subject to

regional agreement, as a general purpose code.

(6) Mode A code 2000 shall be reserved to provide recognition of

an aircraft which has not received any instructions from air traffic
control units to operate the transponder.

28. (1) All Mode S transponders shall conform to one of the Mode S airborne
equipment
following five levels— capability.

(a) Level 1 transponders with capabilities prescribed for—

(i) Mode A identity and Mode C pressure-altitude reporting;

(ii) intermode and Mode S all-call transactions;

(iii) addressed surveillance altitude and identity transaction;

(iv) lockout protocols;

(v) basic data protocols except data link capability reporting; and

(vi) air-air service and squitter transactions.;

(b) Level 2 transponders with capabilities prescribed in paragraph

(a) and also those prescribed for—

(i) standard length communications (Comm-A and Comm-B);

(ii) data link capability reporting; and

(iii) aircraft identification reporting;

 
1488 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
(c) Level 3 transponders with capabilities contained in paragraph
(b) and also those prescribed for ground-to-air extended length message
communications;
(d) Level 4 transponders with capabilities contained in paragraph
(c) and also those prescribed for air-to-ground extended length message
communications; and
(e) Level 5 transponders with capabilities contained in paragraph
(e) and alsothose prescribed for enhanced Comm-B and extended
length message communications.
(2) Extended squitter transponders shall have the capabilities
contained in sub-regulation (1) (b), (c), (d) or (e), the capabilities
prescribed for extended squitter operation and Airborne Collision
Avoidance System (ACAS) crosslink operation.
(3) Transponders with capabilities in subregulation (2) shall be
designated with a suffix “e”.
(4) Transponders with the ability to process SI codes shall have
the capabilities contained in subregulations (1) (b), (c), (d) or (e) and
those prescribed for Surveillance Identifier code operation.
(5) Transponders with capability in subregulation (4) shall be
designated with a suffix “s”.
(6) Surveillance Identifier code capability shall be provided in
accordance with the provisions of subregulation (4) for all Mode S
transponders.
(7) Extended squitter non-transponder devices that are capable of
broadcasting extended squitters that are not part of a Mode S
transponder shall conform to all of the 1090 MHz RF signals in space
requirements specified for a Mode S transponder, except for transmit
power levels for the identified equipment class as specified in
regulation 88.
(8) Mode S transponders installed on aircraft with gross mass in
excess of 5 700 kg or a maximum cruising true airspeed capability in
excess of 463 km/h (250 kt) shall operate with antenna diversity as set
out in the First Schedule (3.1.2.10.4) if—
(a) the aircraft individual certificate of airworthiness is
first issued on or after 1 January 1990; or
(b) Mode S transponder carriage is required on the basis
of regional air navigation agreement in accordance with Regulation.
29. (1) Capability reporting in Mode S acquisition squitters Capability reporting
in Mode S squitters.
unsolicited downlink transmissions shall be provided in accordance
with the provisions of the First Schedule (1.8.5.1) for all Mode S
transponders installed on or after 1 January 1995.
(2) Transponders equipped for extended squitter operation shall
have a means to disable acquisition squitters when extended squitters
are being emitted.

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1489
30. Transponders originally manufactured before 1 January 1999 Extended Length
Message (ELM)
shall be permitted to transmit a burst of 16 Extended Length Message Transmit Power.
segments at a minimum power level of 20 dBWin order to facilitate the
conversion of existing Mode S transponders to include full Mode S
capability.
31. The Secondary Surveillance Radar Mode S address shall be Secondary
Surveillance Radar
one of 16 777 214 twenty-four-bit aircraft addresses allocated by ICAO Mode-S address-
to the State of Registry or common mark registering authority and aircraft address.
assigned as provided in the First Schedule.

32. (1) Human factors principles shall be observed in the design Human factors
principles.
and certification of surveillance radar and collision avoidance systems.
(2) Transponder controls which are not intended to be operated in
flight shall not be directly accessible to the flight crew.
(3)The operation of transponder controls, intended for use during
flight, shall be evaluated to ensure they are logical and tolerant to
human error.
(4) The manufacturer shall ensure that unintentional transponder
mode switching is minimized where transponder functions are
integrated with other system controls.
(5)The flight crew shall have access at all times to the
information of the operational state of the transponder.
PART IV—SURVEILLANCE SYSTEMS
33. (1) Surveillance data from primary and secondary radar Secondary
surveillance radar
equipment or other systems used as an aid to air traffic services, shall data recording.
be automatically recorded for use in accident and incident
investigations, search and rescue, air traffic control and surveillance
systems evaluation and training.
(2) Automatic recordings shall be retained for a period of at least
thirty days.
(3) When the recordings are pertinent to accident and incident
investigations, they shall be retained for longer periods until it is
evident that they will no longer be required.
34. (1) The carrier frequency of the interrogation and control Interrogation and
control interrogation
transmissions shall be 1030 MHz. side-lobe
suppression- radio
(2) The frequency tolerance shall be ±0.2 MHz. frequencies ground-
to-air.
(3) The carrier frequencies of the control transmission and of
each of the interrogation pulse transmissions shall not differ from each
other by more than 0.2 MHz.
35. (1) The carrier frequency of the reply transmission shall be Reply carrier
frequency-(air to-
1090 MHz. ground.

(2)The frequency tolerance shall be ±3 MHz.

 
1490 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
36. Polarization of the interrogation, control and reply Polarization.
transmissions shall be predominantly vertical.

37. (1) The interrogation shall consist of two transmitted pulses Interrogation modes-
signals in space.
designated P1 and P3.
(2) A control pulse P2 shall be transmitted following the first
interrogation pulse P1.
(3) Interrogation Modes A and C shall be as defined in
subregulation (4).
(4) The interval between P1 and P3 shall determine the mode of
interrogation and shall be as follows—
(a) Mode A 8 ±0.2 µs; and
(b) Mode C 21 ±0.2µs.
(5) The interval between P1 and P2 shall be 2.0 plus or minus
0.15 microseconds.
(6) The duration of pulses P1, P2 and P3 shall be 0.8 plus or
minus 0.1 microseconds.
(7) The rise time of pulses P1, P2 and P3 shall be between 0.05
and 0.1 microseconds.
(8) The decay time of pulses P1, P2 and P3 shall be between 0.05
and 0.2 microseconds.
38. (1) The radiated amplitude of P2 at the antenna of the Interrogator and
control transmission
transponder shall be— characteristics—
interrogation side-
(a) equal to or greater than the radiated amplitude of P1 from lobe suppression —
the side-lobe transmissions of the antenna radiating P1; and signals-in-space.

(b) at a level lower than 9 dB below the radiated amplitude of

P1, within the desired arc of interrogation.
(2) Within the desired beam width of the directional
interrogation-main lobe, the radiated amplitude of P3 shall be within 1
dB of the radiated amplitude of P1.
39. (1) The reply function shall employ a signal comprising two Reply transmission
characteristics
framing pulses spaced 20.3 microseconds as the most elementary code. signals-in-space.

(2) Information pulses shall be spaced in increments of 1.45

microseconds from the first framing pulse.
(3) The designation and position of these information pulses shall
be as in Table 1-1 as provided for in the First Schedule.
(4) A special position identification pulse shall be transmitted but
only as a result of manual-pilot selection in addition to the information
pulses provided in subregulations (2) and (3) and special position
identification pulse, when transmitted, shall be spaced at an interval of
4.35 microseconds following the last framing pulse of Mode A replies
only.

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1491
(5) All reply pulses shall have a pulse duration of 0.45 plus or
minus 0.1 microseconds, a pulse rise time between 0.05 and 0.1
microseconds and a pulse decay time between 0.05 and 0.2
microseconds.
(6) The pulse amplitude variation of one pulse with respect to any
other pulse in a reply train shall not exceed 1 dB.
(7) The pulse spacing tolerance for each pulse including the last
framing pulse, with respect to the first framing pulse of the reply group
shall be plus or minus 0.10 microseconds.
(8) The pulse interval tolerance of the special position
identification pulse with respect to the last framing pulse of the reply
group shall be plus or minus 0.10 microseconds.
(9) The pulse spacing tolerance of any pulse in the reply group
with respect to any other pulse (except the first framing pulse) shall not
exceed plus or minus 0.15 microseconds.
(10) The code designation shall consist of digits between 0 and 7
inclusive, and shall consist of the sum of the subscripts of the pulse
numbers given in subregulations (2) and (3), as specified in table 1-2 in
the Second Schedule.
40. The technical characteristics of transponders with mode A Technical
characteristics of
and mode C capabilities only shall be as specified in the Third transponders with
Schedule. mode A and mode C
capabilities only.

41. (1) The maximum interrogation repetition frequency of Technical

characteristics of
ground interrogators with mode A and mode C capabilities shall be 450 ground interrogators
interrogations per second. with mode A and
mode C capabilities
(2) To minimize unnecessary transponder triggering and the only
resulting high density of mutual interference, all interrogators with of
ground interrogators with mode A and mode C capabilities shall use the
lowest practicable interrogator repetition frequency that is consistent
with the display characteristics, interrogator antenna beam width and
antenna rotation speed employed.
(3) The effective radiated power of interrogators with mode A
and C capabilities shall be reduced to the lowest value consistent with
the operationally required range of each individual interrogator site in
order to minimize system interference.
(4) The altimeter pressure reference datum shall be taken into
account when Mode C information is to be used from aircraft flying
below transition levels.
42. (1) The beam width of the directional interrogator antenna Interrogator radiated
field pattern.
radiating P3 shall not be wider than is operationally required.
(2) The side- and back-lobe radiation of the directional antenna
shall be at least 24 dB below the peak of the main-lobe radiation.

 
1492 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
43. (1) The range and azimuth accuracy of the ground Interrogator Monitor.
interrogator shall be monitored at sufficiently frequent intervals to
ensure system integrity.
(2) In addition to range and azimuth monitoring, provision shall
be made to monitor continuously the other critical parameters of the
ground interrogator for any degradation of performance exceeding the
allowable system tolerances and to provide an indication of any such
occurrence.
44. (1) Spurious Radiation-Continuous Wave (CW) radiation Spurious radiation
and responses.
shall not exceed 76 dB below 1 W for the interrogator and 70 dB below
1 W for the transponder.
(2)The response of both airborne and ground equipment to
signals not within the receiver pass band shall be at least 60 dB below
normal sensitivity.
45. All SSR systems having mode S capabilities shall be as Systems having
Mode S capabilities.
specified in the Fourth Schedule.
PART V—AIRBORNE COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEM (ACAS)
46. ACAS I shall perform the following functions— Functions of ACAS
I.
(a) surveillance of nearby SSR transponder-equipped aircraft; and
(b) provide indications to the flight crew identifying the
approximate position of nearby aircraft as an aid to visual
acquisition.
47. The radio frequency characteristics of all ACAS I signals Signal format.
shall conform to the provisions of these Regulations.
48. (1) The effective radiated power of an ACAS I transmission Interference control.
at 0 degree elevation relative to the longitudinal axis of the aircraft
shall not exceed 24 dBW.
(2) When ACAS I is not transmitting an interrogation, the
effective radiated power in any direction shall not exceed –70 dBm.
(3) Each ACAS I interrogator shall control its interrogation rate
or power or both in all SSR modes to minimize interference effects.
(4) ACAS I shall monitor the rate that own transponder replies to
interrogations to ensure that the provisions in sub-regulation (7) are
met.
(5) ACAS I shall count the number of ACAS II and ACAS III
interrogators in the vicinity to ensure that the provisions in sub-
regulations (7) or (8) are met.
(6) The count in sub regulation (5) shall be—
(a) obtained by monitoring ACAS broadcasts (UF = 16); and
(b) updated as the number of distinct ACAS aircraft addresses
received within the previous 20 seconds period at a
nominal frequency of at least 1 Hz.

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1493
(7) The interrogator power shall not exceed the limits defined in
the Fifth Schedule.
(8) An ACAS I that uses Mode S interrogations shall not cause
greater interference effects than an ACAS I using Mode A/C
interrogations only.
49. (1) ACAS shall perform the following functions— General provisions
relating to ACAS II
(a) surveillance; and
ACASIII.
(b) generation of Traffic Advisories;
(c) threat detection;
(d) generation of Resolution Advisories;
(e) coordination; and
(f) communication with ground stations.
(2) The ACAS equipment shall execute functions in sub
regulation (1) (b), (c), (d), (e) on each cycle of operation.
(3)The duration of a cycle in sub regulation (2) shall not exceed
1.2 seconds.
50. The surveillance performance requirements relating to ACAS Surveillance
performance
II or ACAS III shall be as specified the First Schedule. requirements for
ACAS II and ACAS
III.

51. (1) ACAS shall provide Traffic Advisories as to alert the Traffic advisories
flight crew to potential threats.
(2) The Traffic Advisories in subregulation (1) shall be
accompanied by an indication of the approximate relative position of
potential threats to facilitate visual acquisition.
(3) If potential threats are shown on a traffic display, they shall
be displayed in amber or yellow.
(4) While any Resolution Advisory or Traffic Advisory are
displayed, proximate traffic within 11 kilometres (6 nautical miles)
range and, if altitude reporting, ±370 metres (1,200 feet) altitude shall
be displayed.
(5) The proximate traffic in subregulation (4) shall be
distinguished either by colour or symbol type from threats and
potential threats, which shall be more prominently displayed
(6) Visual acquisition of the threats or potential threat shall not be
adversely affected by the display of proximate traffic or other data
unrelated to collision avoidance while any Resolution Advisory or
Traffic Advisory are displayed.
(7) The criteria for Traffic Advisories shall be such that they are
satisfied before those for a Resolution Advisory.
(8) The nominal Traffic Advisory warning time for intruders
reporting altitude shall not be 20 seconds greater than the nominal
 
1494 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
warning time for the generation of the resolution advisory.
52. The threat detection characteristics for ACAS shall be as Threat detection.
specified in the Sixth Schedule.
53. (1) For all threats, ACAS shall generate an RA except where Resolution
advisories(RAs).
it is not possible to select an Resolution Advisory (RA) that can be
predicted to provide adequate separation either because of uncertainty
in the diagnosis of the intruder’s flight path or because there is a high
risk that a manoeuvre by the threat will negate the RA.
(2) If threats are shown on a traffic display, they shall be
displayed in red.
(3) Once an RA has been generated against a threat or threats it
shall be maintained or modified until tests that are less stringent than
those for threat detection indicate on two consecutive cycles that the
RA may be cancelled, at which time it shall be cancelled.
(4) ACAS shall generate the RA that is predicted to provide
adequate separation from all threats and that has the least effect on the
current flight path of the ACAS aircraft consistent with the other
provisions in these Regulations.
(5) The RA shall not recommend or continue to recommend a
manoeuvre or manoeuvre restriction that, considering the range of
probable threat trajectories, is more likely to reduce separation than
increase it.
(6) New ACAS installations after the 1st January, 2014 shall
monitor own aircraft’s vertical rate to verify compliance with the RA
sense. If non-compliance is detected, ACAS shall stop assuming
compliance, and instead shall assume the observed vertical rate
(7) All ACAS shall be compliant with the requirement in
subregulation (6).
(8) After 1 January 2017, all ACAS units shall comply with the
requirement stated in subregulation (6).
(9) The RA generated by ACAS shall be consistent with the
performance capability of the aircraft.
(10) Descend RAs shall not be generated or maintained when
own aircraft is below 300 metres (1,000 feet) above ground level
(AGL).
(11) ACAS shall not operate in sensitivity levels 3 to 7 when own
aircraft is below 300 metres (1,000 feet) AGL.
(12) ACAS shall not reverse the sense of an RA from one cycle
to the next, except as permitted in subregulation (13) to ensure
coordination or when the predicted separation at closest approach for
the existing sense is inadequate
(13) Sense reversals against equipped threats. If a Resolution
Advisory Component (RAC) received from an equipped threat is
incompatible with the current RA sense, ACAS shall modify the RA

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1495
sense to conform to the received RAC if own aircraft address is higher
in value than that of the threat.
(14) ACAS shall not modify an RA sense in a way that makes it
incompatible with an RAC received from an equipped threat if own
aircraft address is higher in value than that of the threat.
(15) Subject to the requirement that a descend RA is not
generated at low altitude an RA shall not be modified if the time to
closest approach is too short to achieve a significant response or if the
threat is diverging in range.
(16) An RA shall not be weakened if it is likely that it would
subsequently need to be strengthened.
(17) The RA shall be compatible with all the RACs transmitted to
threats. If an RAC is received from a threat before own ACAS
generates an RAC for that threat, the RA generated shall be compatible
with the RAC received unless such an RA is more likely to reduce
separation than increase it and own aircraft address is lower in value
than that of the threat.
(18) Encoding of ARA subfield. On each cycle of an RA, the RA
sense, strength and attributes shall be encoded in the active RA (ARA)
subfield. If the ARA subfield has not been refreshed for an interval of 6
s, it shall be set to 0, along with the MTE subfield in the same message.
(19) System response time. The system delay from receipt of the
relevant SSR reply to presentation of an RA sense and strength to the
pilot shall be as short as possible and shall not exceed 1.5 seconds.
54. (1) In a multi-aircraft situation, ACAS shall co-ordinate with Coordination and
communication.
each equipped threat individually.
(2) ACAS shall prevent simultaneous access to stored data by
concurrent processes, in particular, during resolution message
processing.
(3) Each cycle ACAS shall transmit a coordination interrogation
to each equipped threat, unless generation of an RA is delayed because
it is not possible to select an RA that can be predicted to provide
adequate separation. The resolution message transmitted to a threat
shall include an RAC selected for that threat. If an RAC has been
received from the threat before ACAS selects an RAC for that threat,
the selected RAC shall be compatible with the received RAC unless no
more than three cycles have elapsed since the RAC was received, the
RAC is altitude-crossing, and own aircraft address is lower in value
than that of the threat in which case ACAS shall select its RA
independently. If an RAC received from an equipped threat is
incompatible with the RAC own ACAS has selected for that threat,
ACAS shall modify the selected RAC to be compatible with the
received RAC if own aircraft address is higher in value than that of the
threat.
(4) Within the cycle during which an intruder ceases to be a
reason for maintaining the RA, ACAS shall send a resolution message

 
1496 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
to that intruder by means of a coordination interrogation. The resolution
message shall include the cancellation code for the last RAC sent to
that intruder while it was a reason for maintaining the RA.
(5) ACAS coordination interrogations shall be transmitted until a
co-ordination reply is received from the threat, up to a maximum of not
less than six and not more than twelve attempts and the successive
interrogations shall be nominally equally spaced over a period of 100
±5 ms and if the maximum number of attempts is made and no reply is
received, ACAS shall continue its regular processing sequence.
(6) ACAS shall provide parity protection and for all fields in the
coordination interrogation that convey RAC information.
(7) Whenever own ACAS reverses its sense against an equipped
threat, the resolution message that is sent on the current and subsequent
cycles to that threat shall contain both the newly selected RAC and the
cancellation code for the RAC sent before the reversal.
(8) When a vertical RA is selected, the vertical RAC (VRC) that
own ACAS includes in a resolution message to the threat shall be as
follows—
(a) “do not pass above” when the RA is intended to provide
separation above the threat; and
(b) “do not pass below” when the RA is intended to provide
separation below the threat.
(9) Resolution messages shall be processed in the order in which
they are received and with delay limited to that required to prevent
possible concurrent access to stored data and delays due to the
processing of previously received resolution messages and resolution
messages that are being delayed shall be temporarily queued to prevent
possible loss of messages and processing a resolution message shall
include decoding the message and updating the appropriate data
structures with the information extracted from the message.
(10) An RAC or an RAC cancellation received from another
ACAS shall be rejected if the encoded sense bits indicate the existence
of a parity error or if undefined value(s) are detected in the resolution
message and an RAC or an RAC cancellation received without parity
errors and without undefined resolution message values shall be
considered valid.
(11) A valid RAC received from another ACAS shall be stored or
shall be used to update the previously stored RAC corresponding to that
ACAS. A valid RAC cancellation shall cause the previously stored
RAC to be deleted. A stored RAC that has not been updated for an
interval of 6 s shall be deleted.
(12) RAC record update. A valid RAC or RAC cancellation
received from another ACAS shall be used to update the RAC record.
If a bit in the RAC record has not been refreshed for an interval of 6 s
by any threat, that bit shall be set to 0.
(13) Air-initiated downlink of ACAS RAs—When an ACAS RA

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1497
exists, ACAS shall—
(a) transfer to its Mode S transponder an RA report for
transmission to the ground in a Comm-B reply; and
(b) transmit periodic RA broadcasts.
(14) Sensitivity level control (SLC) command—ACAS shall store
SLC commands from Mode S ground stations. An SLC command
received from a Mode S ground station shall remain effective until
replaced by an SLC command from the same ground station as
indicated by the site number contained in the IIS subfield of the
interrogation. If an existing stored command from a Mode S ground
station is not refreshed within 4 minutes, or if the SLC command
received has the value 15, the stored SLC command for that Mode S
ground station shall be set to 0.
55. (1) When an ACAS RA exists, ACAS shall— Provisions for ACAS
communication with
(a) transfer to its Mode S transponder an RA report for ground stations.

transmission to the ground in a Comm-B reply; and

(b) transmit periodic RA broadcasts.
(2)ACAS shall store SLC commands from Mode S ground
stations.
(3) An SLC command received from a Mode S ground station
shall remain effective until replaced by an SLC command from the
same ground station as indicated by the site number contained in the
IIS subfield of the interrogation.
(4) Where an existing stored command from a Mode S ground
station is not refreshed within 4 minutes, or if the SLC command
received has the value 15 the stored SLC command for that Mode S
ground station shall be set to 0.
56. (1) For data transfer from ACAS to its Mode S transponder Provisions for data
transfer between
ACAS shall— ACAS and its mode
S transponder.
(a) transfer RA information to its Mode S transponder for
transmission in an RA report and in a coordination reply;
(b) transfer current sensitivity level to its Mode S transponder
for transmission in a sensitivity level report; and
(c) transfer capability information to its Mode S transponder
for transmission in a data link capability report.
(2) For data transfer from Mode S transponder to its ACAS,
ACAS shall—
(a) receive from its Mode S transponder sensitivity level
control commands transmitted by Mode S ground stations;
(b) receive from its Mode S transponder ACAS broadcast
messages transmitted by other ACAS; and
(c) receive from its Mode S transponder resolution messages
transmitted by other ACAS for air-air coordination
 
1498 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
purposes.
57. (1)Surveillance of mode A/C transponders- ACAS shall use ACAS protocols.
the Mode C-only all-call interrogation for surveillance of aircraft
equipped with Mode A/C transponders.
(2) Using a sequence of interrogations with increasing power,
surveillance interrogations shall be preceded by an S1-pulse to reduce
interference and improve Mode A/C target detection.
(3) Surveillance of Mode S Transponders-Detection. ACAS shall
monitor 1 090 MHz for Mode S acquisition squitters (DF = 11).
(4) ACAS shall detect the presence and determine the address of
Mode S equipped aircraft using their Mode S acquisition squitters (DF
= 11) or extended squitters (DF = 17).
(5) Surveillance interrogations. On first receipt of a 24-bit
aircraft address from an aircraft that is determined to be within the
reliable surveillance range of ACAS based on reception reliability and
that is within an altitude band 3,050 metres (10,000 feet) above and
below own aircraft, ACAS shall transmit a short air-air interrogation
(UF = 0) for range acquisition. Surveillance interrogations shall be
transmitted at least once every five cycles when this altitude condition
is satisfied. Surveillance interrogations shall be transmitted each cycle
if the range of the detected aircraft is less than 5.6 kilometres (3
nautical miles) or the calculated time to closest approach is less than 60
seconds, assuming that both the detected and own aircraft proceed from
their current positions with unaccelerated motion and that the range at
closest approach equals 5.6 kilometres (3 nautical miles). Surveillance
interrogations shall be suspended for a period of five cycles if—
(a) a reply was successfully received;
(b) own aircraft and intruder aircraft are operating below a
pressure-altitude of 5,490 metres (18,000 feet); and
(c) the range of the detected aircraft is greater than 5.6
kilometres (3 nautical miles) and the calculated time to
closest approach exceeds 60 seconds, assuming that both
the detected and own aircraft proceed from their current
positions with un accelerated motion and that the range at
closest approach equals 5.6 kilometres (3 nautical miles).
(6) Range acquisition interrogations. ACAS shall use the short
air-air surveillance format (UF = 0) for range acquisition. ACAS shall
set AQ = 1 and RL = 0 in an acquisition interrogation.
(7) Tracking interrogations. ACAS shall use the short air-air
surveillance format (UF = 0) with RL = 0 and AQ = 0 for tracking
interrogations.
(8) Surveillance replies protocols shall be as described in these
Regulations.
(9) An ACAS broadcast shall be made nominally every 8 to 10 s
at full power from the top antenna. Installations using directional

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1499
antennas shall operate such that complete circular coverage is provided
nominally every 8 to 10 seconds.
(10) ACAS shall transmit UF = 16 interrogations, Figure 5-1 in
the Fourth Schedule) with AQ = 0 and RL = 1 when another aircraft
reporting RI = 3 or 4 is declared a threat. The MU field shall contain
the resolution message in the subfields specified in the Fourth Schedule
(1.3.2).
(11) Coordination reply protocols shall be as described in
regulation 69.
58. (1) RA reports to Mode S ground stations protocols shall be Protocols for ACAS
communication with
as described in regulation 70. ground stations

(2) RA broadcasts shall be transmitted at full power from the

bottom antenna at jittered, nominally 8 seconds intervals for the period
that the RA is indicated. The RA broadcast shall include the MU field
as specified in Fourth Schedule (1.3.4). The RA broadcast shall
describe the most recent RA that existed during the preceding 8
seconds period. Installations using directional antennas shall operate
such that complete circular coverage is provided nominally every 8
seconds and the same RA sense and strength is broadcast in each
direction.
(3) Data link capability report protocols shall be as described in
regulation 70.

59. ACAS shall act upon an SLC command if and only if TMS ACAS sensitivity
level control.
has the value 0 and DI is either 1 or 7 in the same interrogation.
60. (1) The RF characteristics of all ACAS signals shall conform Signal formats
to the Standards provided for in these Regulations.
(2) The data encoding of all ACAS signals shall conform to these
Regulations.
61. (1) The air-air surveillance and communication formats Field description
which are used by ACAS shall be as in Figure 6-1 in the Fourth
Schedule.
(2) The significance of the coding of the downlink request, reply
request and RI (air-air reply information) fields shall as contained in the
Fourth Schedule.
62. ACAS fields and subfields shall be defined as in the Seventh ACAS fields and
subfields
Schedule.
63. (1) For interfaces, the following input data shall be provided ACAS equipment
characteristics
to the ACAS as a minimum—
(a) aircraft address code;
(b) air-air and ground-air Mode S transmissions received by
the Mode S transponder for use by ACAS;
(c) own aircraft’s maximum cruising true airspeed capability;

 
1500 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
(d) pressure-altitude; and
(e) radio altitude.
(2) ACAS shall transmit interrogations and receive replies via
two antennas, one mounted on the top of the aircraft and the other on
the bottom of the aircraft.
(3) The top-mounted antenna shall be directional and capable of
being used for direction finding.
(4) Polarization of ACAS transmissions shall be nominally
vertical.
(5) The radiation pattern in elevation of each antenna when
installed on an aircraft shall be nominally equivalent to that of a
quarter-wave monopole on a ground plane.
64. (1) ACAS shall be capable of receiving squitters via the top Antenna selection
and pressure altitude
and bottom antennas. source.

(2) ACAS interrogations shall not be transmitted simultaneously

on both antennas.
(3) The altitude data for own aircraft provided to ACAS shall be
obtained from the source that provides the basis for own Mode C or
Mode S reports and they shall be provided at the finest quantization
available.
(4) A source providing a resolution finer than 7.62 meters (25
feet) shall be used.
(5) Where a source providing a resolution finer than 7.62 metres
(25 feet) is not available, and the only altitude data available for own
aircraft is Gilham encoded, at least two independent sources shall be
used and compared continuously in order to detect encoding errors—
(a) indicate to the flight crew that an abnormal condition
exists;
(b) prevent any further ACAS interrogations; and
(c) cause any Mode S transmission containing own aircraft’s
resolution.
(6) Two altitude data sources shall be used and compared in order
to detect errors before provision to ACAS.
(7) The provisions of regulation 65 shall apply when the
comparison of the two altitude data sources indicates that one of the
sources is in error.
65. (1) ACAS shall continuously perform a monitoring function ACAS Monitoring.
in order to provide a warning if any of the following conditions at least
are satisfied—
(a) there is no interrogation power limiting due to interference
control and the maximum radiated power is reduced to less
than that necessary to satisfy the surveillance requirements;

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1501
or
(b) any other failure in the equipment is detected which results in
a reduced capability of providing TAs or RAs; or data from external
sources indispensable for ACAS operation are not provided, or the data
provided are not credible.
(2) The ACAS monitoring function shall not adversely affect
other ACAS functions.
(3) When the monitoring function detects a failure, ACAS
shall—
(a) an abnormal condition exists;
(b) prevent any further ACAS interrogations; and
(c) cause any Mode S transmission containing own aircraft’s
resolution capability to indicate that ACAS is not
operating.
66. (1) In addition to the minimum transponder capabilities Requirements for a
Mode S transponder
defined in these Regulations, the Mode S transponder used in used in conjunction
conjunction with ACAS shall have the following capabilities— with ACAS.

(a) ability to handle the following formats—

Format No. Format name
UF = 16 Long air-air surveillance interrogation
DF = 16 Long air-air surveillance reply
(b) ability to receive long Mode S interrogations (UF = 16) and
generate long Mode S replies (DF = 16) at a continuous
rate of 16.6 ms (60 per second);
(c) means for delivering the ACAS data content of all accepted
interrogations addressed to the ACAS equipment;
(d) antenna diversity;
(e) mutual suppression capability; and
(f) inactive state transponder output power restriction.
(2). When the Mode S transponder transmitter is in the inactive
state, the peak pulse power at 1 090 MHz ±3 MHz at the terminals of
the Mode S transponder antenna shall not exceed –70 dBm.
67. (1) The Mode S transponder shall receive from its ACAS RA Data transfer from
ACAS to its Mode S
information for transmission in an RA report and in a coordination transponder.
reply.
(2) The Mode S transponder shall receive from its ACAS current
sensitivity level for transmission in a sensitivity level report.
(3) The Mode S transponder shall receive from its ACAS
capability information for transmission in a data link capability report
and for transmission in the RI field of air-air downlink formats DF = 0

 
1502 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
and DF = 16.
(4) The Mode S transponder shall receive from its ACAS an
indication that RAs are enabled or inhibited for transmission in the RI
field of downlink formats 0 and 16.
68. The Mode S transponder shall transfer to its ACAS— Data transfer
from Mode S
transponder to
(a) received sensitivity level control commands transmitted by its ACAS.
Mode S stations;

(b) received ACAS broadcast messages transmitted by other

ACASs;

(c) received resolution messages transmitted by other ACASs

for air-air coordination purposes; and

(d) own aircraft’s Mode A identity data for transmission in an

RA broadcast.

69. (1) The ACAS Mode S transponder shall use the short (DF = Communication
of ACAS
0) or long (DF = 16) surveillance formats for replies to ACAS information to
surveillance interrogations. The surveillance reply shall include the VS other ACAS.
field, the RI field and the SL field as specified in these Regulations.

(2). The ACAS Mode S transponder shall transmit a coordination

reply upon receipt of a coordination interrogation from an equipped
threat subject to the conditions of sub-regulation (5).

(3) The coordination reply shall use the long air-air surveillance
reply format, DF = 16, with the VS field, the RI field, the SL field and
the MV field as specified in of these Regulations.

(4) Coordination replies shall be transmitted even if the minimum

reply rate limits of the transponder are exceeded.

(5) The ACAS Mode S transponder shall reply with a

coordination reply to a coordination interrogation received from another
ACAS if and only if the transponder is able to deliver the ACAS data
content of the interrogation to its associated ACAS.

70. .(1)During the period of an RA and for 18±1 s following the Communication
of ACAS
end of the RA, the ACAS Mode S transponder shall indicate that it has information to
an RA report by setting the appropriate DR field code in replies to a ground stations.
Mode S sensor. The RA report shall include the MB field. The RA
report shall describe the most recent RA that existed during the
preceding 18±1 s period.

(2)The presence of an ACAS shall be indicated by its Mode S

transponder to a ground station in the Mode S data link capability
report.

71. (1) Indications to the flight crew shall distinguish between Indications to

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1503
preventive and corrective RAs. the flight crew.

(2) If ACAS generates an altitude crossing RA, a specific

indication shall be given to the flight crew that it is crossing.
72. (1) The following assumed conditions shall apply to the Conditions
under which the
performance requirements specified in regulations 81 and 82— requirements
apply.
(a) range and bearing measurements and an altitude report are
available for the intruder each cycle as long as it is within
14 nautical miles, but not when the range exceeds 14
nautical miles;

(b) the errors in the range and bearing measurements conform

to standard range and bearing error models;

(c) the intruder’s altitude reports, which are its Mode C replies,
are expressed in 100 feet quanta;

(d) an altitude measurement that has not been quantized and is

expressed with a precision of 1 foot or better is available for
own aircraft;
(e) errors in the altitude measurements for both aircraft are
constant throughout any particular encounter;

(f) the errors in the altitude measurements for both aircraft

conform to a standard altimetry error model;

(g) the pilot responses to RAs conform to a standard pilot

model;

(h) the aircraft operate in an airspace in which close encounters,

including those in which ACAS generates an RA, conform
to a standard encounter model;

(i) ACAS-equipped aircraft are not limited in their ability to

perform the manoeuvres required by their RAs; and as
specified in regulation 79;

(j) the intruder involved in each encounter is not equipped;

(k) the intruder is ACAS-equipped but follows a trajectory

identical to that in the unequipped encounter; or

(l) the intruder is equipped with an ACAS having a collision

avoidance logic identical to that of own ACAS.

(2) The performance of the collision avoidance logic shall not

degrade abruptly as the statistical distribution of the altitude errors or
the statistical distributions of the various parameters that characterize
the standard encounter model or the response of pilots to the advisories
are varied, when surveillance reports are not available on every cycle or
when the quantization of the altitude measurements for the intruder is

 
1504 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
varied or the altitude measurements for own aircraft are quantized.

(3) STANDARD RANGE ERROR MODEL—The errors in the

simulated range measurements shall be taken from a Normal
distribution with mean 0 feet and standard deviation 50 feet.

(4) STANDARD BEARING ERROR MODEL—The errors in the

simulated bearing measurements shall be taken from a Normal
distribution with mean 0.0 degrees and standard deviation 10.0 degrees.

73. Standard altimetry error model shall be defined as contained Standard

altimetry error
in the Seventh Schedule. model.
74. The standard pilot model used in the assessment of the Standard pilot
model.
performance of the collision avoidance logic shall be that—

(a) any RA is complied with by accelerating to the required rate

(if necessary) after an appropriate delay;

(b) when the aircraft’s current rate is the same as its original
rate and the original rate complies with the RA, the aircraft
continues at its original rate, which is not necessarily
constant due to the possibility of acceleration in the original
trajectory;

(c) when the aircraft is complying with the RA, its current rate
is the same as the original rate and the original rate changes
and consequently becomes inconsistent with the RA, the
aircraft continues to comply with the RA;

(d) when an initial RA requires a change in altitude rate, the

aircraft responds with an acceleration of 0.25 g after a delay
of 5 s from the display of the RA;

(e) when an RA is modified and the original rate complies with

the modified RA, the aircraft returns to its original rate (if
necessary) with the acceleration specified in g) after the
delay specified in h);

(f) when an RA is modified and the original rate does not

comply with the modified RA, the aircraft responds to
comply with the RA with the acceleration specified in g)
after the delay specified in h);

(g) the acceleration used when an RA is modified is 0.25 g

unless the modified RA is a reversed sense RA or an
increased rate RA in which case the acceleration is 0.35 g;

(h) the delay used when an RA is modified is 2.5 s unless this

results in the acceleration starting earlier than 5 s from the
initial RA in which case the acceleration starts 5 s from the
initial RA; and

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1505
(i) when an RA is cancelled, the aircraft returns to its original
rate (if necessary) with an acceleration of 0.25 g after a
delay of 2.5 seconds.

75. (1) In order to calculate the effect of ACAS on the risk of Standard
encounter
collision and the compatibility of ACAS with air traffic management model
(ATM), sets of encounters shall be created for each of—

(a) the two aircraft address orderings;

(b) the six altitude layers;
(c) nineteen encounter classes; and
(d) nine or ten vmdbins.
(2) The results for these sets shall be combined using the relative
weightings

(3) Each set of encounters shall contain at least 500 independent,

randomly generated encounters.

(4) The two aircraft trajectories in each encounter shall be

constructed with the following randomly selected characteristics—

(a) in the vertical plane—

(i) a vmdf rom within the appropriate vmdbin;

(ii) a vertical rate for each aircraft at the beginning of the

encounter window, ż1, and at the end of the encounter
window, ż2;

(iii) a vertical acceleration; and

(iv) a start time for the vertical acceleration; and

(b) and in the horizontal plane—

(i) an hmd;

(ii) an approach angle;

(iii) a speed for each aircraft at closest approach;

(iv) a decision for each aircraft whether or not it turns;

(v) the turn extent; the bank angle; and the turn end time;

(vi) a decision for each aircraft whether or not its speed

changes; and

 
1506 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
(vii) the magnitude of the speed change.

(5) Two models shall be used for the statistical distribution of

hmd. For calculations of the effect of ACAS on the risk of collision,
hmdshall be constrained to be less than 500 ft. For calculations of the
compatibility of ACAS with ATM, hmdshall be selected from a larger
range of values.

76. Encounter classes and weights shall be as contained in the Encounter

classes and
Seventh Schedule. weights.

77. The characteristics of the aircraft trajectories in the vertical Characteristics

of the aircraft
plane shall be as described in the Seventh Schedule. trajectories in
the vertical
plane.
78. Characteristics of the aircraft trajectories in the horizontal Characteristics
of the aircraft
plane shall be as specified in the Seventh Schedule. trajectories in
the horizontal
plane.

79. The performance requirements specified in regulations 81 and ACAS equipage

of the intruder.
82 each apply to three distinct situations in which the following
conditions concerning the intruder’s ACAS and trajectory shall apply—

(a) where the intruder involved in each encounter is not

equipped, it follows a trajectory identical to that which it
follows when own aircraft is not equipped;

(b) where the intruder is ACAS-equipped but follows a

trajectory identical to that in the unequipped encounter—

(i) it follows the identical trajectory regardless of

whether or not there is an RA;

(ii) the intruder ACAS generates an RA and transmits an

RAC that is received immediately after any RA is first
announced to the pilot of own aircraft;

(iii) the sense of the RAC generated by the intruder ACAS

and transmitted to own aircraft is opposite to the sense
of the first RAC selected and transmitted to the
intruder by own aircraft;

(iv) the RAC transmitted by the intruder is received by

own aircraft; and

(v) the requirements apply both when own aircraft has the
lower aircraft address and when the intruder aircraft
has the lower aircraft address; and

(c) where the intruder is equipped with an ACAS having a

collision avoidance logic identical to that of own ACAS—

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1507
(i) the conditions relating to the performance of own
aircraft, ACAS and pilot apply equally to the intruder
aircraft, ACAS and pilot;

(ii) RACs transmitted by one aircraft are received by the

other; and

(iii) The requirements apply both when own aircraft has

the lower aircraft address and when the intruder
aircraft has the lower aircraft address.

80. When considering alternative collision avoidance logic Compatibility

between
designs, certification authorities shall verify that— different
collision
(a) the performances of the alternative design are acceptable in avoidance logic
designs.
encounters involving ACAS units that use existing designs;
and

(b) the performances of the existing designs are not degraded

by the use of the alternative design.

81. Under the conditions of these Regulations, the collision Reduction in

the risk of
avoidance logic shall be such that the expected number of collisions is collision.
reduced to the following proportions of the number expected in the
absence of ACAS—

(a) when the intruder is not ACAS equipped – 0.18;

(b) when the intruder is equipped but does not respond – 0.32;
and;

(c) when the intruder is equipped and responds – 0.04.

82. (1) Under the conditions of these Regulations, the collision Compatibility
with air traffic
avoidance logic shall be such that the proportion of RAs which are a management
“nuisance” shall not exceed— (ATM).

(a) .06 when own aircraft’s vertical rate at the time the RA is
first issued is less than 400 ft/min; or

(b) .08 when own aircraft’s vertical rate at the time the RA is
first issued exceeds 400 ft/min.

(2) An RA shall be considered a “nuisance” for the purposes of

sub-regulation (1) unless, at some point in the encounter in the absence
of ACAS, the horizontal separation and the vertical separation are
simultaneously less than the values specified in the Seventh Schedule.

83. Under the conditions of these Regulations, the collision Compatible

sense selection.
avoidance logic shall be such that the proportion of encounters in which
following the RA results in an altitude separation at closest approach
with the opposite sign to that occurring in the absence of ACAS shall

 
1508 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
not exceed the following values—

(a) when the intruder is not ACAS equipped – 0.08;

(b) when the intruder is equipped but does not respond – 0.08;
and

(c) when the intruder is equipped and responds – 0.12.

84. Under the conditions of these Regulations, the collision Deviations

caused by
avoidance logic shall be such that the number of RAs resulting in ACAS.
“deviations” greater than the values indicated shall not exceed the
proportions of the total number of RAs as contained in the Seventh
Schedule.

85. The collision avoidance logic shall be such as to reduce as Relative value
of conflicting
much as practicable the risk of collision and limit as much as practicable objectives.
the disruption to ATM.

86. (1) To validate the position of an intruder reported by ACAS use of

extended
extended squitter, ACAS shall determine the relative range and relative squitter.
bearing as computed from the position and geographical heading of own
aircraft and the intruder’s position as reported in the extended squitter.
This derived range and relative bearing and the altitude reported in the
squitter shall be compared to the range, relative bearing and altitude
determined by active ACAS interrogation of the aircraft. Differences
between the derived and measured range and relative bearing and the
squitter and reply altitude shall be computed and used in tests to
determine whether the extended squitter data is valid. If these tests are
satisfied the passive position shall be considered to be validated and the
track shall be maintained on passive data unless it is a near threat as
described in subregulation (3). If any of these validation tests fail, active
surveillance shall be used to track the intruder.

(2) Supplementary active interrogations. In order to ensure that an

intruder’s track is updated at least as frequently as required in the
absence of extended squitter data, each time a track is updated using
squitter information the time at which an active interrogation would
next be required shall be calculated. An active interrogation shall be
made at that time if a further squitter has not been received before the
interrogation is due.

(3) An intruder shall be tracked under active surveillance if it is a

near threat, as determined by separate tests on the range and altitude of
the aircraft. These tests shall be such that an intruder is considered a
near threat before it becomes a potential threat, and thus triggers a
traffic advisory as described in regulation 85. These tests shall be
performed once per second. All near threats, potential threats and threats
shall be tracked using active surveillance.

(4) Revalidation and monitoring. If an aircraft is being tracked

using passive surveillance, periodic active interrogations shall be

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1509
performed to validate and monitor the extended squitter data as required
in subregulation (1).

(5) The default rates of revalidation shall be once per minute for a
non-threat and once per 10 seconds for a near threat and the tests
required in subregulation (1) shall be performed for each interrogation.

(6) Full active surveillance condition shall be met for a track being
updated via passive surveillance data as specified in the Seventh
Schedule.

(7) All near threats, potential threats and threats shall be tracked
using active surveillance.

(8) A track under active surveillance shall transition to passive

surveillance if it is neither a near, potential threat nor a threat. The tests
used to determine it is no longer a near threat shall be similar to those
used in subregulation (3) but with larger thresholds in order to have
hysteresis which prevents the possibility of frequent transitions between
active and passive surveillance.

87. (1) An ACAS operating with a receiver having a Minimum ACAS

operation with
Triggering Level (MTL) more sensitive than –74 dBm shall implement an improved
the capabilities specified receiver in the following paragraphs. Minimum
Triggering
Level (MTL).
(2) Dual minimum triggering levels. The ACAS receiver shall be
capable of setting an indication for each squitter reception as to whether
the reply would have been detected by an ACAS operating with a
conventional MTL (–74 dBm). Squitter receptions received at the
conventional MTL shall be passed to the ACAS surveillance function
for further processing. Squitter receptions that do not meet this
condition shall not be passed to the ACAS surveillance function.

(3) Dual or re-triggerable reply processor. The ACAS Mode S

reply processing function shall—

(a) use separate reply processors for Mode S reply formats

received at or above the conventional MTL and a separate
reply processor for Mode S reply formats received below
the conventional MTL; or

(b) use a Mode S reply processor that will re-trigger if it detects

a Mode S preamble that is 2 to 3 dB stronger than the reply
that is currently being processed.

PART VI—MODE S EXTENDED SQUITTER

88. (1) Aircraft, surface vehicles and fixed obstacles supporting an Automatic
Dependence
Automatic Dependence Surveillance (ADS)-B capability shall Surveillance.
incorporate the ADS-B outmessage generation function and the ADS-B
message exchange function (transmit) as depicted in Figure 1-1 in the
Sixth Schedule.

 
1510 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018

(2) ADS-B transmissions from aircraft shall include position,

aircraft identification and type, airborne velocity, and event driven
messages including emergency/priority information.

(3) Extended squitter transmitting equipment shall use formats

and protocols of the latest version available.

(4) Mode S extended squitter transmitting equipment shall be

classified according to the unit’s range capability and the set of
parameters that it is capable of transmitting consistent with the
following definition of general equipment classes and the specific
equipment classes defined in Tables 1-1 and 1-2 (in the Eighth
Schedule).—

(a) Class A extended squitter airborne systems support an

interactive capability incorporating both an extended
squitter transmission capability (i.e. ADS-B OUT) with a
complementary extended squitter reception capability (i.e.
ADS-B IN) in support of onboard ADS-B applications;

(b) Class B extended squitter systems provide a transmission

only (i.e. ADS-B OUT without an extended squitter
reception capability) for use on aircraft, surface vehicles, or
fixed obstructions; and;

(c) Class C extended squitter systems have only a reception

capability and thus have no transmission requirements.

(5) Class A extended squitter airborne systems shall have

transmitting and receiving subsystem characteristics of the same class
(i.e. A0, A1, A2, or A3) as specified in sub-regulation(1) and regulation
91 (2).

89. (1) Protection against reception of corrupted data from the Control of
ADS-B out
source providing the position shall be satisfied by error detection on the operation.
data inputs and the appropriate maintenance of the installation.

(2) If an independent control of the ADS-B OUT function is

provided, then the operational state of the ADS-B OUT function shall
be indicated to the flight crew, at all times.

90. (1) Ground stations supporting a Traffic Information Service- TIS-B out
requirements.
B (TIS-B) capability shall incorporate the TIS-B message generation
function and the TIS-B message exchange function (transmit).

(2) The extended squitter messages for TIS-B shall be transmitted

by an extended squitter ground station when connected to an appropriate
source of surveillance data.

(3) The maximum transmission rates and effective radiated power

of the transmissions shall be controlled to avoid unacceptable levels of

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1511
RF interference to other 1 090 MHz systems (i.e. SSR and ACAS).

91. (1) Mode S extended squitter receiving systems shall perform Mode S
extended
the message exchange function (receive) and the report assembler squitter
function. receiving
system
functional
(2) The required functionality and performance characteristics for requirements.
the Mode S extended squitter receiving system will vary depending on
the ADS-B and TIS-B client applications to be supported and the
operational use of the system. Airborne Mode S extended squitter
receivers shall be consistent with the definition of receiving system
classes shown in Table 1-3 in the Eighth Schedule.
92. (1) The message exchange function shall include the 1 090 Message
exchange
MHz receiving antenna and the radio equipment function.
(receiver/demodulator/decoder/data buffer) sub-functions.

(2) Message exchange functional characteristics: The airborne

Mode S extended squitter receiving system shall support the reception
and decoding of all extended squitter messages as listed in Table 1-3 in
the Sixth Schedule. The ground ADS-B extended squitter receiving
system shall, as a minimum, support the reception and decoding of all
the extended squitter message types that convey information needed to
support the generation of the ADS-B reports of the types required by the
client ATM ground applications.

(3) Required message reception performance. The airborne Mode

S extended squitter receiver/demodulation/ decoder shall employ the
reception techniques and have a receiver minimum trigger threshold
level (MTL) as listed in Table 1-3 in the Eighth Schedule, as a function
of the airborne receiver class and the reception technique and MTL for
extended squitter ground receiver shall be selected to provide the
reception performance (i.e. range and update rates) as required by the
client Air Traffic Management (ATM) ground applications.

(4) Enhanced reception techniques. Class A1, A2 and A3 airborne

receiving systems shall include the following features to provide
improved probability of Mode S extended squitter reception in the
presence of multiple overlapping Mode A/C fruit or in the presence of
an overlapping stronger Mode S fruit, as compared to the performance
of the standard reception technique required for Class A0 airborne
receiving systems—

(a) Improved Mode S extended squitter preamble detection;

(b) enhanced error detection and correction;

(c) enhanced bit and confidence declaration techniques applied

to the following airborne receiver classes—

(i) Improved Mode S extended squitter preamble

detection; and

 
1512 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
(ii) enhanced error detection and correction;

(d) enhanced bit and confidence declaration techniques applied

to the following airborne receiver classes—

(i) Class A1 – Performance equivalent to or better than

the use of the “Centre Amplitude” technique;

(ii) Class A2 – Performance equivalent to or better than

the use of the “Multiple Amplitude Samples” baseline
technique, where at least 8 samples are taken for each
Mode S bit position and are used in the decision
process; and

(iii) Class A3 – Performance equivalent to or better than

the use of the “Multiple Amplitude Samples” baseline
technique, where at least 10 samples are taken for
each Mode S bit position and are used in the decision
process.

93. (1) The report assembler function shall include the message Report
assembler
decoding, report assembly, and output interface sub-functions. function.

(2) When an extended squitter message is received, the message

shall be decoded and the applicable ADS-B reports of the types defined
in regulation 94 shall be generated within 0.5 seconds.

94. (1) State vector report: The state vector report shall contain ADS-B report
types.
time of applicability, information about an airborne or vehicle’s current
kinematic state (e.g. position, velocity), as well as a measure of the
integrity of the navigation data, based on information received in
airborne or ground position, airborne velocity, and identification and
type extended squitter messages. Since separate messages are used for
position and velocity, the time of applicability shall be reported
individually for the position related report parameters and the velocity
related report parameters. Also, the state vector report shall include a
time of applicability for the estimated position and/or estimated velocity
information (i.e. not based on a message with updated position or
velocity information) when such estimated position or velocity
information is included in the state vector report.

(2) Mode status report. The mode status report shall contain time
of applicability and current operational information about the
transmitting participant, including airborne/vehicle address, call sign,
ADS-B version number, airborne/vehicle length and width information,
state vector quality information, and other information based on
information received in operational status, airborne identification and
type, airborne velocity and airborne status extended squitter messages.

(3) Each time that a mode status report is generated, the report
assembler function shall update the report time of applicability.
Parameters for which valid data is not available shall either be indicated

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1513
as invalid or omitted from the mode status report.

(4) Air referenced velocity report. Air referenced velocity reports

shall be generated when air referenced velocity information is received
in airborne velocity extended squitter messages. The air referenced
velocity report shall contain time of applicability, airspeed and heading
information. Only certain classes of extended squitter receiving systems,
as defined in regulation 130(1) are required to generate air referenced
velocity reports. Each time that an individual mode status report is
generated, the report assembly function shall update the report time of
applicability.

(5) Resolution advisory (RA) report. The RA report shall contain

time of applicability and the contents of an active ACAS resolution
advisory (RA) as received in a Type=28 and Subtype=2 extended
squitter message.

95. (1) As TIS-B messages are received by airborne receiving TIS-B report
types.
systems, the information shall be reported to client applications. Each
time that an individual TIS-B report is generated, the report assembly
function shall update the report time of applicability to the current time.

(2) TIS-B target report. All received information elements, other

than position, shall be reported directly, including all reserved fields for
the TIS-B fine format messages and the entire message content of any
received TIS-B management message. The reporting format is not
specified in detail, except that the information content reported shall be
the same as the information content received.

(3) When a TIS-B position message is received, it is compared

with tracks to determine whether it can be decoded into target position
(i.e. correlated to an existing track). If the message is decoded into
target position, a report shall be generated within 0.5 seconds. The
report shall contain the received position information with a time of
applicability, the most recently received velocity measurement with a
time of applicability, the estimated position and velocity applicable to a
common time of applicability, airborne/vehicle address, and all other
information in the received message. The estimated values shall be
based on the received position information and the track history of the
target.

(4) When a TIS-B velocity message is received, if it is correlated

to a complete track, a report shall be generated, within 0.5 seconds of
the message reception. The report shall contain the received velocity
information with a time of applicability, the estimated position and
velocity applicable to a common time of applicability, airborne/vehicle
address, and all other information in the received message. The
estimated values shall be based on the received ground reference
velocity information and the track history of the target.

(5) TIS-B management report. The entire message content of any

received TISB management message shall be reported directly to the

 
1514 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
client applications. The information content reported shall be the same
as the information content received.

(6) The contents of any received TIS-B management message

shall be reported bit-for-bit to the client applications.

96. (1) The receiving system shall use a local source of reference Report time of
applicability.
time as the basis for reporting the time of applicability, as defined for
each specific ADS-B and TIS-B report type.

(2) Precision time reference. Receiving systems intended to

generate ADS-B and/or TIS-B reports based on the reception of surface
position messages, airborne position messages, and/or TIS-B messages
shall use GNSS UTC measured time for the purpose of generating the
report time applicability for the following cases of received messages—

(a) version zero (0) ADS-B messages, as defined in these

Regulations, when the navigation uncertainty category
(NUC) is 8 or 9; or version zero (0) ADS-B messages, as
defined in these Regulations, when the navigation integrity
category (NIC) is 10 or 11; and

(b) version zero (0) ADS-B messages, as defined in these

Regulations, when the navigation integrity category (NIC) is
10 or 11.

(3) UTC measured time data shall have a minimum range of 300
seconds and a resolution of 0.0078125 (1/128) seconds.

97. For receiving systems not intended to generate ADS-B and/or Non-precision
local time
TIS-B reports based on reception of ADS-B or TIS-B messages meeting reference.
the NUC or NIC criteria as indicated in regulation 130(2), a non-
precision time source shall be allowed. In such cases, where there is no
appropriate precision time source available, the receiving system shall
establish an appropriate internal clock or counter having a maximum
clock cycle or count time of 20 milliseconds. The established cycle or
clock count shall have a minimum range of 300 seconds and a
resolution of 0.0078125 (1/128) seconds.

98. (1) Reporting requirements for Type I Mode S extended Reporting

requirements.
squitter airborne receiving systems. As a minimum, the report assembler
function associated with Type I Mode S extended squitter receiving
systems, as defined in regulation 127(1), shall support that subset of
ADS-B and TIS-B reports and report parameters, that are required by
the specific client applications being served by that receiving system.

(2) Reporting requirements for Type II Mode S extended squitter

airborne receiving systems. The report assembler function associated
with Type II receiving systems, as defined in these regulations, shall
generate ADS-B and TIS-B reports according to the class of the
receiving system as shown in Table 2-4 in the Eighth Schedule, when
the prerequisite ADS-B and/or TIS-B messages are being received.

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1515

(3) Reporting requirements for Mode S extended squitter ground

receiving systems. As a minimum, the report assembler function
associated with Mode S extended squitter ground receiving systems, as
defined in these regulations, shall support that subset of ADS-B reports
and report parameters that are required by the specific client
applications being served by that receiving system.

99. (1) The Mode S extended squitter receiving system shall Interoperability.
provide interoperability with both version 0 and version 1 extended
squitter ADS-B message formats.

(2) The Mode S extended squitter receiving system shall, upon

acquiring a new ADS-B target, initially apply the decoding provisions
applicable to version 0 (zero) ADS-B messages until or unless an
operational status message is received indicating version 1 (one)
message format is in use.

(3) The Mode S extended squitter receiving system shall decode

the version number information conveyed in the operational status
message and shall apply the corresponding decoding rules, version 0
(zero) or version 1 (one), for the decoding of the subsequent extended
squitter ADS-B messages from that specific airborne or vehicle.

(4) The Mode S extended squitter receiving system shall ignore

the contents of any message subfield defined as reserved.

PART VII—MULTI-LATERATION (MLAT) SYSTEMS

100. (1) Radio frequency characteristics, structure and data Functional

requirements.
contents of signals used in 1 090 MHz Multilateration (MLAT) systems
shall conform to the provisions of Part IV of these Regulations .

(2) An MLAT system used for air traffic surveillance shall be

capable of determining aircraft position and identity.

(3) Where an MLAT system is equipped to decode additional

position information contained in transmissions, it shall report such
information separately from the aircraft position calculated based on
Time Difference Of Arrival (TDOA).

101. (1) In order to minimize system interferences the effective Protection of

the radio
radiated power of active interrogators shall be reduced to the lowest frequency
value consistent with the operationally required range of each individual Environment.
interrogator site.

(2) An active MLAT system shall not use active interrogations to

obtain information that can be obtained by passive reception within each
required update period.

(3) An active MLAT system consisting of a set of transmitters

shall be considered as a single Mode S interrogator.

 
1516 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018

(4) The set of transmitters used by all active MLAT systems in

any part of the airspace shall not cause any transponder to be impacted
such that its occupancy, because of the aggregate of all MLAT 1 030
MHz interrogations, is greater than 2 per cent at any time.

(5) Active MLAT systems shall not use Mode S All-Call

interrogations.

102. The performance characteristics of the MLAT system used Performance

requirements.
for air traffic surveillance shall be such that the intended operational
services can be satisfactorily supported.

PART VIII—TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR AIRBORNE

SURVEILLANCE APPLICATIONS

103. (1) The system shall support a function to identify Traffic data
functions.
unambiguously each reference aircraft relevant to the application.

(2) The system shall support a function to monitor the movements

and behavior of each reference aircraft relevant to the application.

(3) The system shall support a computational function to predict

the future position of a reference aircraft beyond simple extrapolation.

104. (1) The system shall display only one track for each distinct Displaying
traffic.
aircraft on a given display.

(2) Where a track generated by ADS-B/TIS-B IN and a track

generated by ACAS have been determined to belong to the same
aircraft, the track generated by ADS-B/TIS-B IN shall be displayed.

(3) The display of the tracks shall comply with the requirements
of ACAS traffic display.

PART IX—EXEMPTIONS

105. (1) A person may apply to the Authority for an exemption Requirements
for application
from any provision of these Regulations. for exemption.

(2) Unless in case of emergency, a person requiring exemptions

from any of these regulations shall make an application to the Authority
at least sixty days prior to the proposed effective date, giving the
following information—

(a) name and contact address including electronic mail and fax
if any;

(b) telephone number;

(c) a citation of the specific requirement from which the

applicant seeks exemption;

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1517

(d) justification for the exemption;

(e) a description of the type of operations to be conducted under

the proposed exemption;

(f) the proposed duration of the exemption;

(g) an explanation of how the exemption would be in the public

interest;

(h) a detailed description of the alternative means by which the

applicant will ensure a level of safety equivalent to that
established by the regulation in question;

(i) A safety risk assessment carried out in respect of the

exemption applied for;

(j) if the applicant handles international operations and seeks to

operate under the proposed exemption, an indication
whether the exemption would contravene any provision of
the Standards and Recommended Practices of the
International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO); and

(k) any other information that the Authority may require.

(3) Where the applicant seeks emergency processing of an

application for exemption, the application shall contain supporting facts
and reasons for not filing the application within the time specified in sub
regulation (2) and satisfactory reason for deeming the application an
emergency.

(4) The Authority may in writing, refuse an application made

under sub regulation (3), where in the opinion of the Authority, the
reasons given for emergency processing are not satisfactory.

(5) The application for exemption shall be accompanied by fee

prescribed by the Authority.

106. (1) The Authority shall review the application for exemption Review and
publication.
made under regulation 105 for accuracy and compliance and if the
application is satisfactory, the Authority shall publish a detailed
summary of the application for comments, within a prescribed time, in
either—

(a) the Kenya Gazette;

(b) aeronautical information circular; or

(c) a daily newspaper with national circulation.

(2) Where application requirements have not been fully complied

 
1518 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
with, the Authority shall request the applicant in writing, to comply
prior to publication or making a decision under sub regulation (3).

(3) If the request is for emergency relief, the Authority shall

publish the decision as soon as possible after processing the application

107. (1) Where the application requirements have been satisfied, Evaluation of
the request.
the Authority shall conduct an evaluation of the request to include—

(a) determination of whether an exemption would be in the

public interest;

(b) a determination, after a technical evaluation of whether the

applicant’s proposal would provide a level of safety
equivalent to that established by the regulation, although
where the Authority decides that a technical evaluation of
the request would impose a significant burden on the
Authority’s technical resources, the Authority may deny the
exemption on that basis;

(c) a determination of whether a grant of the exemption would

contravene these Regulations; and

(d) a recommendation based on the preceding elements, of

whether the request should be granted or denied, and of any
conditions or limitations that should be part of the
exemption.

(2) The Authority shall notify the applicant in writing, the

decision to grant or deny the request and publish a detailed summary of
its evaluation and decision.

(3) The summary referred to in sub-regulation (2) shall specify the

duration of the exemption and any conditions or limitations of the
exemption.

(4) If the exemption affects a significant population of the aviation

community of Kenya the Authority shall publish the summary in
aeronautical information circular.

PART X—MISCELLENOUS PROVISIONS

108. (1) Any person who performs any function prescribed by Drug and
alcohol testing
these Regulations directly or by contract under the provisions of these and reporting.
Regulations may be tested for drug or alcohol usage.

(2) A person who—

(a) refuses to submit to a test to indicate the percentage by

weight of alcohol in the blood;

(b) refuses to submit to a test to indicate the presence of

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1519
narcotic drugs, marijuana, or depressant or stimulant drugs
or substances in the body, when requested by a law
enforcement officer or the Authority, or refuses to furnish or
to authorise the release of the test results requested by the
Authority shall;

(c) be denied any licence, certificate, rating, qualification, or

authorisation issued under these Regulations for a period of
up to one year from the date of that refusal; or

(d) have their licence, certificate, rating, qualification, or

authorisation issued under these Regulations suspended or
revoked.

(3) Any person who is convicted for the violation of any local or
national statute relating to the growing, processing, manufacture, sale,
disposition, possession, transportation, or importation of narcotic drugs,
marijuana, or depressant or stimulant drugs or substances, shall—

(a) be denied any license, certificate, rating, qualification, or

authorisation issued under these Regulations for a period of
up to one year after the date of conviction; or ;

(b) have their licence, certificate, rating, qualification, or

authorisation issued under these Regulations suspended or
revoked.

109. (1) An ANSP holder of a certificate issued under these Change of

Name.
Regulations may apply to the Authority for—

(a) replacement of the certificate if lost or destroyed;

(b) change of name on the certificate; or

(c) an endorsement on the certificate.

(2) when applying under paragraph (1), the holder of a certificate

shall submit to the Authority—

(a) the original certificate or a copy thereof in case of loss; and

(b) a court order, or other legal document verifying the name

change.

(3) The Authority shall return to the holder of a certificate, with

the appropriate changes applied for, if any, the originals specified under
paragraph (2) and, where necessary, retain copies thereof.

110. (1) A holder of a CNSP certificate issued under these Change of

address.
Regulations shall notify the Authority of the change in the physical and
mailing address within fourteen days of such change.

 
1520 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
(2) A person who does not notify the Authority of the change in
the physical and mailing address within the time frame specified in sub-
regulation (1) shall not exercise the privileges of the certificate.

111. A person may apply to the Authority in the prescribed form Replacement of
documents.
for replacement of documents issued under these Regulations if such
documents are lost or destroyed.

112. (1) A person shall not— Use and

retention of
documents and
(a) use any certificate or exemption issued or required by or records.
under these Regulations which has been forged, altered,
cancelled, or suspended, or to which he is not entitled;

(b) forge or alter any certificate or exemption issued or required

by or under these Regulations;

(c) lend any certificate or exemption issued or required by or

under these Regulations to any other person;

(d) make any false representation for the purpose of procuring

for himself or any other person the grant, issue, renewal or
variation of any such certificate or exemption; or

(e) mutilate, alter, render illegible or destroy any records, or

any entry made therein, required by or under these
Regulations to be maintained, or knowingly make, or
procure or assist in the making of, any false entry in any
such record, or wilfully omit to make a material entry in
such record.

(2) All records required to be maintained by or under these

Regulations shall be recorded in a permanent and indelible material.

(3) A person shall not issue any certificate or exemption under

these Regulations unless he is authorised to do so by the Authority.

(4) A person shall not issue any certificate referred to in sub-

regulation (3) unless he has satisfied himself that all statements in the
certificate are correct, and that the applicant is qualified to hold that
certificate.

113. (1) Any person who knows of a violation of the Act or any Reports of
violation.
Regulations, rules, or orders issued thereunder, shall report it to the
Authority.

(2) The Authority may determine the nature and type of

investigation or enforcement action that need to be taken.

114. Any person who fails to comply with any direction given to Failure to
comply with
him by the Authority or by any authorised person under any provision direction.
of these Regulations shall be deemed for the purposes of these

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1521
Regulations to have contravened that provision.

115. (1) The Authority shall notify in writing the fees to be Data transfer
from ACAS to
charged in connection with the issue, renewal or variation of any its Mode S
certificate, test, inspection or investigation required by, or for the transponder.
purpose of these Regulations any orders, notices or proclamations made
there under.

(2) Upon an application being made in connection with which any

fee is chargeable in accordance with the provisions of sub-regulation
(1), the applicant shall be required, before the application is accepted, to
pay the fee so chargeable.

(3) If, after that payment has been made, the application is
withdrawn by the applicant or otherwise ceases to have effect or is
refused, the Authority shall not refund the payment made.

116. The Authority may cancel the certificate or exemption of a Contravention

of Regulations.
person who contravenes any provision of these Regulations.

117. (1) Any person who contravenes any provision of these Penalties.
Regulations shall upon conviction be liable to a fine not exceeding one
million shillings or to imprisonment for a term not more than six months
or to both.

(2) If it is proved that an act or omission of any person, which

would otherwise have been a contravention by that person of a provision
of these Regulations, orders, notices or proclamations made there under
was due to any cause not avoidable by the exercise of reasonable care
by that person, the act or omission shall be deemed not to be a
contravention by that person of that provision.

118. Where any person is aggrieved by any order made under Appeal to the
Tribunal.
these Regulations the person may, within twenty-one days of such order
being made, appeal against the order to the Tribunal.

119. (1) A license, certificate, approval or any other document Transition

provisions.
issued to an operator prior to the commencement of these Regulations
shall continue in force as if it was issued under these Regulations until it
expires or is cancelled by the Authority.

(2) Notwithstanding any other provision of these Regulations, a

person who at the commencement of these Regulations, is carrying out
any acts, duties or operations affected by these Regulations shall, within
one (1) year from the date of commencement, or within such longer
time that the Cabinet Secretary may, by notice in the Gazette prescribe,
comply with the requirements of these Regulations or cease to carry out
such acts, duties or operations.

 
1522 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
FIRST SCHEDULE (R. 29(1), 31 &50)
SURVEILLANCE PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR ACAS
SURVEILLANCE PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
1.1General surveillance requirements. ACAS shall interrogate SSR Mode A/C and Mode
S transponders in other aircraft and detect the transponder replies. ACAS shall measure
the range and relative bearing of responding aircraft. Using these measurements and
information conveyed by transponder replies, ACAS shall estimate the relative positions
of each responding aircraft. ACAS shall include provisions for achieving such position
determination in the presence of ground reflections, interference and variations in signal
strength.
1.1.1 Track establishment probability. ACAS shall generate an established track, with
at least a 0.90 probability that the track is established 30 s before closest approach, on
aircraft equipped with transponders when all of the following conditions are satisfied:
a) the elevation angles of these aircraft are within ±10 degrees relative to the ACAS
aircraft pitch plane;
b) the magnitudes of these aircraft’s rates of change of altitude are less than or equal
to 51 m/s (10 000 ft/min);
c) the transponders and antennas of these aircraft meet the Standards of Part IV of
these Regulations
d) the closing speeds and directions of these aircraft, the local density of SSR
transponderequipped aircraft and the number of other ACAS interrogators in the
vicinity (as determined by monitoring ACAS broadcasts) satisfy the conditions
specified in Table 1-1; and
e) the minimum slant range is equal to or greater than 300 m (1 000 ft).
TABLE 1-1 :ACAS DESIGN ASSUMPTIONS

Note.—Table 1-1 shows the design assumption upon which the development of ACAS was
based. Operational experience and simulation show that ACAS provides adequate
surveillance for collision avoidance even when the maximum number of other ACAS
within 56 km (30 NM) is somewhat higher than that shown in Table 1-1. Future ACAS
designs will take account of current and expected ACAS densities.

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1523
1.1.1.1ACAS shall continue to provide surveillance with no abrupt degradation in track
establishment probability as any one of the condition bounds defined in 1.1.1 is exceeded.
1.1.1.2ACAS shall not track Mode S aircraft that report that they are on the ground.
Note.— A Mode S aircraft may report that it is on the ground by coding in the capability
(CA) field in a DF = 11 or DF = 17 transmission) or by coding in the vertical status (VS)
field in a DF = 0 transmission. Alternatively, if the aircraft is under Mode S ground
surveillance, ground status may be determined by monitoring the flight status (FS) field
in downlink formats DF = 4, 5, 20 or 21.
1.1.1.3ACAS shall achieve the required tracking performance when the average SSR
Mode A/C asynchronous reply rate from transponders in the vicinity of the ACAS
aircraft is 240 replies per second and when the peak interrogation rate received by the
individual transponders under surveillance is 500 per second.
Note.— The peak interrogation rate mentioned above includes interrogations from all
sources.
1.1.2 False track probability. The probability that an established Mode A/C track does
not correspond in range and altitude, if reported, to an actual aircraft shall be less than 10-
2. For an established Mode S track this probability shall be less than 10-6. These limits
shall not be exceeded in any traffic environment.
1.1.3RANGE AND BEARING ACCURACY
1.1.3.1Range shall be measured with a resolution of 14.5 m (1/128 NM) or better.
1.1.3.2The errors in the relative bearings of the estimated positions of intruders shall not
exceed 10 degrees rms.
Note.— This accuracy in the relative bearing of intruders is practicable and sufficient as
an aid to the visual acquisition of potential threats. In addition, such relative bearing
information has been found useful in threat detection, where it can indicate that an
intruder is a threat. However, this accuracy is not sufficient as a basis for horizontal
RAs, nor is it sufficient for reliable predictions of horizontal miss distance.
1.2INTERFERENCE CONTROL
1.2.1Maximum radiated RF power. The effective radiated power of an ACAS
transmission at 0 degree elevation relative to the longitudinal axis of the aircraft shall not
exceed 27 dBW.
1.2.1.1 Unwanted radiated power. When ACAS is not transmitting an interrogation, the
effective radiated power in any direction shall not exceed –70 dBm.
1.2.2Interference limiting. Each ACAS interrogator operating below a pressure-altitude
of 5 490 m (18 000 ft) shall control its interrogation rate or power or both so as to
conform with specific inequalities (1.2.2.2).
1.2.2.1Determination of the number of other ACAS. ACAS shall count the number of
other ACAS II and III interrogators in the vicinity to ensure that the interference limits
are met. This count shall be obtained by monitoring ACAS broadcasts (UF = 16),. Each
ACAS shall monitor such broadcast interrogations to determine the number of other
ACAS within detection range. \
1.2.2.2ACAS interference limiting inequalities. ACAS shall adjust its interrogation rate
and interrogation power such that the following three inequalities remain true, except as
provided in 1.2.2.2.1.

 
1524 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018

The variables in these inequalities shall be defined as follows:

it= number of interrogations (Mode A/C and Mode S) transmitted in a 1 s interrogation
cycle. This shall include all Mode S interrogations used by the ACAS functions,
including those in addition to UF = 0 and UF = 16 interrogations, except as provided in
1.2.2.1;
Note.— UF = 19 interrogations are included in it as specified in 1.8.9.4.
i= index number for Mode A/C and Mode S interrogations, i= 1, 2,...,it;
α = the minimum of α 1 calculated as 1/4 [nb/nc] subject to the special conditions given
below and α 2 calculated as Log10 [na/nb] / Log10 25, where nbandncare defined as the
number of operating ACAS II and ACAS III equipped aircraft (airborne or on the
ground) within 11.2 km (6 NM) and 5.6 km (3 NM) respectively, of own ACAS (based
on ACAS surveillance). ACAS aircraft operating on the ground or at or below a radio
altitude of 610 m(2 000 ft) AGL shall include both airborne and on-ground ACAS II and
ACAS III aircraft in the value for nbandnc. Otherwise, ACAS shall include only airborne
ACAS II and ACAS III aircraft in the value for nbandnc. The values of α, α1 and α2 are
further constrained to a minimum of 0.5 and a maximum of 1.0.
In addition;

p(i) = peak power radiated from the antenna in all directions of the pulse having the
largest amplitude in the group of pulses comprising a single interrogation during the ith
interrogation in a 1 s interrogation cycle, W; m(i) = duration of the mutual suppression
interval for own transponder associated with the ith interrogation in a 1 s interrogation
cycle, s;
B = beam sharpening factor (ratio of 3 dB beam width to beamwidth resulting from
interrogation sidelobe suppression). For ACAS interrogators that employ transmitter side-
lobe suppression (SLS), the appropriate beamwidth shall be the extent in azimuth angle
of the Mode A/C replies from one transponder as limited by SLS, averaged over the
transponder population;
{ }see Regulation 81(6)
Pa(k) ” k ” ki ” na ”

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1525
Mode A/C ACAS I interference limits.
Note.— RA and ACAS broadcasts are interrogations.
1.2.2.2.1Transmissions during RAs. All air-to-air coordination interrogations shall be
transmitted at full power and these interrogations shall be excluded from the summations
of Mode S interrogations in the left-hand terms of inequalities (1) and (2) in 1.2.2.2 for
the duration of the RA.
1.2.2.2.2Transmissions from ACAS units on the ground. Whenever the ACAS aircraft
indicates that it is on the ground, ACAS interrogations shall be limited by setting the
number of other ACAS II and III aircraft (na) count in the interference limiting
inequalities to a value that is three times the value obtained based on ACAS broadcasts
received with a transponder receiver threshold of –74 dBm. Whenever Mode A/C
interrogation power is reduced because of interference limiting, the Mode A/C
interrogation power in the forward beam shall be reduced first until the forward sequence
matches the right and left sequences. The forward, right and left interrogation powers
shall then sequentially be reduced until they match the rear interrogation power. Further
reduction of Mode A/C power shall be accomplished by sequentially reducing the
forward, side and rear interrogation powers.
1.2.2.2.3Transmissions from ACAS units above 5 490 m (18 000 ft) altitude. Each ACAS
interrogator operating above a pressure-altitude of 5 490 m (18 000 ft) shall control its
interrogation rate or power or both such that inequalities (1) and (3) in 1.2.2.2 remain true
when naand α are equal to 1, except as provided in 1.2.2.2.1.
SECOND SCHEDULE
(REGULATIONS 39 (10))
TABLES AND FIGURES FOR SSR SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS
1.1 Table 1.1: Information Pulses

 
1526 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
1.2 Table 1.2: Code designation

TABLE 1.3: Pulses shapes-Mode S and intermode interrogation

Table 1-4: Pulse Shapes- Mode S replies

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1527

TABLE 1.5: Field definitions

 
1528 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
TABLE1.6: Subfield definitions

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1529

TABLE 1.7: Interrogation reply protocol summary

Interrogation Special Conditions Reply DF
UF
0 RL equals 0 0
RL equals 1 16

4 RR less than 16 4
RR equal to or greater than 16 20
5 RR less than 16 5
RR equal to or greater than 16 21
11 Transponder locked out to interrogator code, IC No reply
Stochastic reply test fails No reply
Otherwise 11
20 RR less than 16 4
RR equal to or greater than 16 20
AP contains broadcast address No reply
21 RR less than 16 5
RR equal to or greater than 16 21
AP contains broadcast address No reply
24 RC equals 0 or 1 No reply 24
RC equals 2 or 3

Table 1-8: Table for Register 1016

Subfields of register 1016 MB bits Comm-B
Bits
Continuation flag 9 41
Overlay command capability 15 47
ACAS capability 16 and 48 and 69-72
37-40
Mode S sub-network version number 17-23 49-55
Transponder enhanced protocol indicator 24 56
Specific services capability 25 57
Uplink ELM capability 26-28 58-60
Downlink ELM capability 29-32 61-64
Aircraft identification capability 33 65
Squitter capability subfield (SCS) 34 66
Surveillance identifier code capability (SIC) 35 67
Common usage GICB capability report 36 68
Status of DTE sub-addresses 0 to 15 41-56 73-88

 
1530 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
Table 1-9:Surface format broadcast without an automatic means of on-theground
determination
ADS-B Emitter Category set ‘A’
Coding Meaning Ground speed Air speed Radio
Altitude
0 No ADS-B emitter category Always report airborne position
information
1 Light (<15 500 lbs or 7031 Always report airborne position
kg)
2 Small (15 500 to 75 000 lbs <100 and <100 and <50 feet
or 7 031 to 34 019 kg) knots knots
3 Large (75 000 lbs to 300 000 <100 and <100 and <50 feet
lbs or 34 019 to 136 078 kg) knots knots
4 High-vortex aircraft <100 and <100 and <50 feet
knots knots
5 Heavy (> 300 000 lbs or 136 <100 and <100 and <50 feet
078 kg) knots knots
6 High performance <100 and <100 and <50 feet
(>5g acceleration and >400 knots knots
knots)
7 Rotorcraft Always report airborne position
message
ADS-B Emitter Category Set “B”
Coding Meaning Ground speed Air speed Radio
Altitude
0 No ADS-B emitter category Always report airborne position
information message
1 Glider/sailplane Always report airborne position
message
2 Lighter-than-air Always report airborne position
message
3 Parachutist/skydiver Always report airborne position
message
4 Ultra- Always report airborne position
light/hangglider/paraglider message
5 Reserved Reserved
6 Unmanned aerial vehicle Always report airborne position
message
7 Space/trans-atmospheric <100 and <100 and <50 feet
vehicle knots knots

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1531
ADS-B Emitter Category Set “C”
Coding Meaning
0 No ADS-B emitter category Always report airborne position
information message
1 Surface vehicle – emergency Always report airborne position
vehicle message
2 Surface vehicle - service Always report airborne position
vehicle message
3 Fixed ground or tethered Always report airborne position
obstruction message
4-7 Reserved Reserved
ADS-B Emitter Category Set “D”
Coding Meaning
0 No ADS-B emitter category Always report airborne position
information message
1-7 Reserved Reserved
TABLE 1-10: Definitions of SSR waveform shapes, intervals and the reference point for
sensitivity and power.

 
1532 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018

TABLE 1-11: Required spectrum limits for interrogator transmitter

FIGURE 1-12: INTERMO DE INTERROGATION PULSE SEQUENCE

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1533
FIGURE 1-13: MODE S INTERROGATION PULSE SEQUENCE

FIGURE 1-14: REQUIRED SPECTRUM LIMITS FOR TRANSPONDER

TRANSMITTER–

 
1534 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018

FIGURE 1-15: MODE S REPLY

FIGURE 1.16: SUMMARY OF MODE S INTERROGATION OR UPLINK FORMATS

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1535

 
1536 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
FIGURE 1.17: SUMMARY OF MODE S INTERROGATION OR DOWN LINK
FORMATS

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1537
THIRD SCHEDULE (R. 40)
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF TRANSPONDERS WITH MODE A AND
MODE C CAPABILITIES ONLY
1.1Reply. The transponder shall reply (not less than 90 per cent triggering) when all of
the following conditions have been met:
a) the received amplitude of P3 is in excess of a level 1 dB below the received
amplitude of P1 but no greater than 3 dB above the received amplitude of P1;
b) either no pulse is received in the interval 1.3 microseconds to 2.7 microseconds
after P1, or P1 exceeds by more than 9 dB any pulse received in this interval;
c) the received amplitude of a proper interrogation is more than 10 dB above the
received amplitude of random pulses where the latter are not recognized by the
transponder as P1, P2 or P3.
1.2The transponder shall not reply under the following conditions:
a) to interrogations when the interval between pulses P1 and P3 differs from those
specified in regulation 37 by more than plus or minus 1.0 microseconds;
b) upon receipt of any single pulse which has no amplitude variations approximating a
normal interrogation condition.
c) Dead time. After recognition of a proper interrogation, the transponder shall not
reply to any other interrogation, at least for the duration of the reply pulse train.
This dead time shall end no later than 125 microseconds after the transmission of
the last reply pulse of the group.
1.3 SUPPRESSION
Note.— This characteristic is used to prevent replies to interrogations received via the
side lobes of the interrogator antenna, and to prevent Mode A/C transponders from
replying to Mode S interrogations.
1.4.1 The transponder shall be suppressed when the received amplitude of P2 is equal
to, or in excess of, the received amplitude of P1 and spaced 2.0 plus or minus 0.15
microseconds. The detection of P3 is not required as a prerequisite for initiation of
suppression action.
1.4.2 The transponder suppression shall be for a period of 35 plus or minus 10
microseconds.
1.4.2.1The suppression shall be capable of being reinitiated for the full duration within 2
microsecondss after the end of any suppression period.
1.4.3 Suppression in presence of S1 pulse
Note.—The S1 pulse is used in a technique employed by ACAS known as “whisper-
shout” to facilitate ACAS surveillance of Mode A/C aircraft in higher traffic densities.
The whisper-shout technique is explained in the Airborne Collision AvoidanceSystem
(ACAS) Manual (Doc 9863).
When an S1 pulse is detected 2.0 plus or minus 0.15 microseconds before the P1 of a
Mode A or Mode C interrogation
a) with S1 and P1 above MTL, the transponder shall be suppressed as specified in
1.4.1;

 
1538 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
b) with P1 at MTL and S1 at MTL, the transponder shall be suppressed and shall reply
to no more than 10 per cent of Mode A/C interrogations;
c) with P1 at MTL and S1 at MTL -3 dB, the transponder shall reply to Mode A/C
interrogations at least 70 per cent of the time; and;
d) withP1 at MTL and S1 at MTL -6 dB, the transponder shall reply to Mode A/C
interrogations at least 90 per cent of the time.
Note 1.— The suppression action is because of the detection of S1 and P1 and does not
require detection of a P2 or P3 pulse.
Note 2.— S1 has a lower amplitude than P1. Certain ACAS use this mechanism to
improve target detection
Note 3.— These requirements also apply to a Mode A/C only capable transponder when
an S1 precedes an intermode interrogation
1.5RECEIVER SENSITIVITY AND DYNAMIC RANGE
1.5.1.1.1.1The minimum triggering level of the transponder shall be such that replies are
generated to at least 90 per cent of the interrogation signals when:
a) the two pulses P1 and P3 constituting an interrogation are of equal amplitude and
P2 is not detected; and
b) the amplitude of these signals is nominally 71 dB below 1 mW, with limits between
69 dB and 77 dB below 1 mW.
1.5.2 The reply and suppression characteristics shall apply over a received amplitude of
P1 between minimum triggering level and 50 dB above that level.
1.5.3 The variation of the minimum triggering level between modes shall not exceed 1 dB
for nominal pulse spacings and pulse widths.
1.6 Pulse duration discrimination. Signals of received amplitude between minimum
triggering level and 6 dB above this level, and of duration less than 0.3 microseconds,
shall not cause the transponder to initiate reply or suppression action. With the exception
of single pulses with amplitude variations approximating an interrogation, any single
pulse of duration more than 1.5 microseconds shall not cause the transponder to initiate
reply or suppression action over the signal amplitude range of minimum triggering level
(MTL) to 50 dB above that level.
1.7 Echo suppression and recovery. The transponder shall contain an echo
suppression facility designed to permit normal operation in the presence of echoes of
signals-in-space. The provision of this facility shall be compatible with the requirements
for suppression of side lobes given in 1.4.1.
1.7.1 Desensitization. Upon receipt of any pulse more than 0.7 microseconds in
duration, the receiver shall be desensitized by an amount that is within at least 9 dB of the
amplitude of the desensitizing pulse but shall at no time exceed the amplitude of the
desensitizing pulse, with the exception of possible overshoot during the first
microseconds following the desensitizing pulse.
Note.— Single pulses of duration less than 0.7 microseconds are not required to cause
the specified desensitization nor to cause desensitization of duration greater than
permitted by 1.7.1 and 1.7.2.
1.7.2 Recovery. Following desensitization, the receiver shall recover sensitivity
(within 3 dB of minimum triggering level) within 15 microseconds after reception of a

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1539
desensitizing pulse having a signal strength up to 50 dB above minimum triggering level.
Recovery shall be at an average rate not exceeding 4.0 dB per microseconds.
1.8Random triggering rate. In the absence of valid interrogation signals, Mode A/C
transponders shall not generate more than 30 unwanted Mode A or Mode C replies per
second as integrated over an interval equivalent to at least 300 random triggers, or 30
seconds, whichever is less. This random triggering rate shall not be exceeded when all
possible interfering equipments installed in the same aircraft are operating at maximum
interference levels.
1.8.1Random triggering rate in the presence of low-level in-band continuous wave (CW)
interference. The total random trigger rate on all Mode A and/or Mode C replies shall not
be greater than 10 reply pulse groups or suppressions per second, averaged over a period
of 30 seconds, when operated in the presence of non-coherent CW interference at a
frequency of 1 030 ±0.2 MHz and a signal level of –60 dBm or less.
1.9REPLY RATE
1.9.1 All transponders shall be capable of continuously generating at least 500 replies
per second for a 15-pulse coded reply. Transponder installations used solely below 4 500
m (15 000 ft), or below a lesser altitude established by the appropriate authority or by
regional air navigation agreement, and in aircraft with a maximum cruising true airspeed
not exceeding 175 kt (324 km/h) shall be capable of generating at least 1 000 15-pulse
coded replies per second for a duration of 100 milliseconds. Transponder installations
operated above 4 500 m (15 000 ft) or in aircraft with a maximum cruising true airspeed
in excess of 175 kt (324 km/h), shall be capable of generating at least 1 200 15-pulse
coded replies per second for a duration of 100 milliseconds.
Note.—A 15-pulse reply includes 2 framing pulses, 12 information pulses, and the SPI
pulse.
1.9.2 Reply rate limit control. To protect the system from the effects of transponder
overinterrogation by preventing response to weaker signals when a predetermined reply
rate has been reached, a sensitivity reduction type reply limit control shall be
incorporated in the equipment. The range of this control shall permit adjustment, as a
minimum, to any value between 500 and 2 000 replies per second, or to the maximum
reply rate capability if less than 2 000 replies per second, without regard to the number of
pulses in each reply. Sensitivity reduction in excess of 3 dB shall not take effect until 90
per cent of the selected value is exceeded. Sensitivity reduction shall be at least 30 dB for
rates in excess of 150 per cent of the selected value.
1.10 Reply delay and jitter. The time delay between the arrival, at the transponder
receiver, of the leading edge of P3 and the transmission of the leading edge of the first
pulse of the reply shall be 3 plus or minus 0.5 microsecondss. The total jitter of the reply
pulse code group, with respect to P3, shall not exceed 0.1 microseconds for receiver input
levels between 3 dB and 50 dB above minimum triggering level. Delay variations
between modes on which the transponder is capable of replying shall not exceed 0.2
microseconds.
1.11 TRANSPONDER POWER OUTPUT AND DUTY CYCLE
1.11.1 The peak pulse power available at the antenna end of the transmission line of the
transponder shall be at least 21 dB and not more than 27 dB above 1 W, except that for
transponder installations used solely below 4 500 m (15 000 ft), or below a lesser altitude
established by the appropriate authority or by regional air navigation agreement, a peak

 
1540 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
pulse power available at the antenna end of the transmission line of the transponder of at
least 18.5 dB and not more than 27 dB above 1 W shall be permitted.
Note.— An extended squitter non-transponder device on an aerodrome surface vehicle
may operate with a lower minimum power output as specified in regulation 88(4).
1.11.2 The peak pulse power specified in 1.11.1 shall be maintained over a range of
replies from code 0000 at a rate of 400 replies per second to a maximum pulse content at
a rate of 1 200 replies per second or a maximum value below 1 200 replies per second of
which the transponder is capable.
1.12 REPLY CODES
1.12.1Identification. The reply to a Mode A interrogation shall consist of the two framing
pulses specified in regulation 39(1) together with the information pulses (Mode A code)
specified in regulation 39(2).
Note.— The Mode A code designation is a sequence of four digits in accordance with
regulation 39(6)1.12.1.1 The Mode A code shall be manually selected from the 4 096
codes available.
1.12.2Pressure-altitude transmission. The reply to Mode C interrogation shall consist of
the two framing pulses specified in regulation 39(1). When digitized pressure-altitude
information is available, the information pulses specified in regulation 39(2) shall also be
transmitted.
1.12.2.1 Transponders shall be provided with means to remove the information pulses
but to retain the framing pulses when the provision of 1.12.2.4 below is not complied
with in reply to Mode C interrogation.
1.12.2.2 The information pulses shall be automatically selected by an analog-to-digital
converter connected to a pressure-altitude data source in the aircraft referenced to the
standard pressure setting of 1 013.25 hectopascals.
Note.— The pressure setting of 1 013.25 hectopascals is equal to 29.92 inches of
mercury.
1.12.2.3 Pressure-altitude shall be reported in 100-ft increments by selection of pulses as
shown in the Appendix 1.
1.12.2.4 The digitizer code selected shall correspond to within plus or minus 38.1 m (125
ft), on a 95 per cent probability basis, with the pressure-altitude information (referenced
to the standard pressure setting of 1 013.25 hectopascals), used on board the aircraft to
adhere to the assigned flight profile.
1.13 Transmission of the special position identification (SPI) pulse. When required,
this pulse shall be transmitted with Mode A replies, as specified in regulation 39(3), for a
period of between 15 and 30 seconds.
1.14 ANTENNA
1.14.1 The transponder antenna system, when installed on an aircraft, shall have a
radiation pattern which is essentially omnidirectional in the horizontal plane.
1.14.2 The vertical radiation pattern shall be nominally equivalent to that of a quarter-
wave monopole on a ground plane.

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1541
SSR AUTOMATIC PRESSURE-ALTITUDE TRANSMISSION CODE (
PULSEPOSITION ASSIGNMENT)

 
1542 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1543

 
1544 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1545

 
1546 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1547

 
1548 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1549

 
1550 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1551

 
1552 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1553

 
1554 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1555

 
1556 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1557

 
1558 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1559

 
1560 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1561

 
1562 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1563

 
1564 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1565

 
1566 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1567

 
1568 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1569
FOURTH SCHEDULE (R. 45)
SYSTEMS HAVING MODE S CAPABILITIES
Systems having Mode S capabilities

1.1. Interrogation signals-in-space characteristics. The paragraphs herein describe

the signals-in-space as they can be expected to appear at the antenna of the transponder.

Note.— Because signals can be corrupted in propagation, certain interrogation pulse

duration, pulse spacing and pulse amplitude tolerances are more stringent for
interrogators as described in 1.11.4.

1.1.1. Interrogation carrier frequency. The carrier frequency of all interrogations

(uplink transmissions) from ground facilities with Mode S capabilities shall be 1 030 plus
or minus 0.01 MHz.

1.1.2. Interrogation spectrum. The spectrum of a Mode S interrogation about the

carrier frequency shall not exceed the limits specified in Figure 1-2 as in the First
Schedule.

Note.— The Mode S interrogation spectrum is data dependent. The broadest spectrum is
generated by an interrogation that contains all binary ONEs.

1.1.3. Polarization. Polarization of the interrogation and control transmissions shall be

nominally vertical.

1.1.4. Modulation. For Mode S interrogations, the carrier frequency shall be pulse
modulated. In addition, the data pulse, P6, shall have internal phase modulation.

1.1.4.1. Pulse modulation. Intermode and Mode S interrogations shall consist of a

sequence of pulses as specified in 1.1.5 and Tables 1-1, 1-2, 1-3, and 1-4 as provided for
in the First Schedule.
Note.— The 0.8 microseconds pulses used in intermode and Mode S interrogations are
identical in shape to those used in Modes A and C as defined in Regulation 39.

1.1.4.2. Phase modulation. The short (16.25-microseconds) and long (30.25-

microseconds) P6 pulses of 1.1.4.1 shall have internal binary differential phase
modulation consisting of 180-degree phase reversals of the carrier at a 4 megabit per
second rate.

1.1.4.2.1. Phase reversal duration. The duration of the phase reversal shall be
less than 0.08 microsecondss and the phase shall advance (or retard) monotonically

 
1570 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
throughout the transition region. There shall be no amplitude modulation applied during
the phase transition.
Note.— The minimum duration of the phase reversal is not specified. Nonetheless, the
spectrum requirements of 1.1.2 must be met.

1.1.4.2.2. Phase relationship. The tolerance on the 0 and 180-degree phase

relationship between successive chips and on the sync phase reversal (1.1.5.2.2) within
the P6 pulse shall be plus or minus 5 degrees.
Note.— In Mode S a “chip” is the 0.25 microseconds carrier interval between possible
data phase reversals.

1.1.5 Pulse and phase reversal sequences. Specific sequences of the pulses or phase
reversals described in 1.1.4 shall constitute interrogations.

1.1.5.1. Intermode interrogation

1.1.5.1.1. Mode A/C/S all-call interrogation. This interrogation shall consist of three
pulses: P1, P3, and the long P4 as shown in Figure 1-3. One or two control pulses (P2
alone, or P1 and P2) shall be transmitted using a separate antenna pattern to suppress
responses from aircraft in the side lobes of the interrogator antenna.
Note.— The Mode A/C/S all-call interrogation elicits a Mode A or Mode C reply
(depending on the P1P3 pulse spacing) from a Mode A/C transponder because it does not
recognize the P4 pulse. A Mode S transponder recognizes the long P4 pulse and responds
with a Mode S reply. This interrogation was originally planned for use by isolated or
clustered interrogators. Lockout for this interrogation was based on the use of II equals
0. The development of the Mode S subnetwork now dictates the use of a non-zero II code
for communication purposes. For this reason, II equals 0 has been reserved for use in
support of a form of Mode S acquisition that uses stochastic/lockout override (1.5.2.1.4
and 1.5.2.1.5). The Mode A/C/S all-call cannot be used with full Mode S operation since
II equals 0 can only be locked out for short time periods (1.5.2.1.5.2.1). This
interrogation cannot be used with stochastic/lockout override, since probability of reply
cannot be specified.

1.1.5.1.1.1 Mode A/C/S all-call interrogations shall not be used on or after 1 January
2020.
Note 1.— The use of Mode A/C/S all-call interrogations does not allow the use of
stochastic lockout override and therefore might not ensure a good probability of
acquisition in areas of high density of flights or when other interrogators lockout
transponder on II=0 for supplementary acquisition.

Note 2.— The replies to Mode A/C/S all-call interrogations will no longer be supported
by equipment certified on or after 1 January 2020 in order to reduce the RF pollution
generated by the replies triggered by the false detection of Mode A/C/S all-call
interrogations within other types of interrogation.

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1571

1.1.5.1.2. Mode A/C-only all-call interrogation. This interrogation shall be identical to

that of the Mode A/C/S all-call interrogation except that the short P4 pulse shall be used.

Note.— The Mode A/C-only all-call interrogation elicits a Mode A or Mode C reply from
a Mode A/C transponder. A Mode S transponder recognizes the short P4 pulse and does
not reply to this interrogation
.
1.1.5.1.3. Pulse intervals. The pulse intervals between P1, P2 and P3 shall be as defined
in regulation
39. The pulse interval between P3 and P4 shall be 2 plus or minus 0.05 microsecondss.

1.1.5.1.4. Pulse amplitudes. Relative amplitudes between pulses P1, P2 and P3 shall be
in accordance with regulation 38. The amplitude of P4 shall be within 1 dB of the
amplitude of P3.

1.1.5.2 Mode S interrogation. The Mode S interrogation shall consist of three pulses: P1,
P2 and P6 as shown in Figure 1-4 as provided in the First Schedule.
Note.—P6 is preceded by a P1 – P2 pair which suppresses replies from Mode A/C
transponders to avoid synchronous garble due to random triggering by the Mode S
interrogation. The sync phase reversal within P6 is the timing mark for demodulation of a
series of time intervals (chips) of 0.25 microseconds duration. This series of chips starts
0.5 microsecondss after the sync phase reversal and ends 0.5 microseconds before the
trailing edge of P6. A phase reversal may or may not precede each chip to encode its
binary information value.

1.1.5.2.1.Mode S side-lobe suppression. The P5 pulse shall be used with the Mode S-only
all-call interrogation (UF = 11, see 1.5.2) to prevent replies from aircraft in the side and
back lobes of the antenna (1.1.5.2.5). When used, P5 shall be transmitted using a separate
antenna pattern.
Note 1. The action of P5 is automatic. Its presence, if of sufficient amplitude at the
receiving location, masks the sync phase reversal of P6.
Note 2. The P5 pulse may be used with other Mode S interrogations.

1.1.5.2.2. Sync phase reversal. The first phase reversal in the P6 pulse shall be the sync
phase reversal. It shall be the timing reference for subsequent transponder operations
related to the interrogation.

1.1.5.2.3. Data phase reversals. Each data phase reversal shall occur only at a time
interval (N times 0.25) plus or minus 0.02 microseconds (N equal to, or greater than 2)
after the sync phase reversal. The 16.25-microsecondsP6 pulse shall contain at most 56
data phase reversals. The 30.25-microsecondsP6 pulse shall contain at most 112 data

 
1572 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
phase reversals. The last chip, that is the 0.25-microseconds time interval following the
last data phase reversal position, shall be followed by a 0.5-microseconds guard interval.
Note.— The 0.5-microseconds guard interval following the last chip prevents the trailing
edge of P6 from interfering with the demodulation process.

1.1.5.2.4. Intervals. The pulse interval between P1 and P2 shall be 2 plus or minus 0.05
microseconds. The interval between the leading edge of P2 and the sync phase reversal of
P6 shall be 2.75 plus or minus 0.05 microseconds. The leading edge of P6 shall occur
1.25 plus or minus 0.05 microseconds before the sync phase reversal. P5, if transmitted,
shall be centred over the sync phase reversal; the leading edge of P5 shall occur 0.4 plus
or minus 0.05 microseconds before the sync phase reversal.

1.1.5.2.5. Pulse amplitudes. The amplitude of P2 and the amplitude of the first
microseconds of P6 shall be greater than the amplitude of P1 minus 0.25 dB. Exclusive
of the amplitude transients associated with phase reversals, the amplitude variation of P6
shall be less than 1 dB and the amplitude variation between successive chips in P6 shall
be less than 0.25 dB. The radiated amplitude of P5 at the antenna of the transponder shall
be:
a) equal to or greater than the radiated amplitude of P6 from the side-lobe
transmissions of the antenna radiating P6; and
b) at a level lower than 9 dB below the radiated amplitude of P6 within the desired
arc of interrogation.

1.2 REPLY SIGNALS-IN-SPACE CHARACTERISTICS

1.2.1 Reply carrier frequency. The carrier frequency of all replies (downlink
transmissions) from transponders with Mode S capabilities shall be 1 090 plus or minus 1
MHz.

1.2.2 Reply spectrum. The spectrum of a Mode S reply about the carrier frequency
shall not exceed the limits specified in Figure 1-5 in the First Schedule.

1.2.3 Polarization. Polarization of the reply transmissions shall be nominally vertical.

1.2.4 Modulation. The Mode S reply shall consist of a preamble and a data block. The
preamble shall be a 4-pulse sequence and the data block shall be binary pulse-position
modulated at a 1 megabit per second data rate.

1.2.4.1. Pulse shapes. Pulse shapes shall be as defined in Table 1-2 in the First Schedule.
All values are in microseconds.

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1573
1.2.5. Mode S reply. The Mode S reply shall be as shown in Figure 1-6 in the First
Schedule. The data block in Mode S replies shall consist of either 56 or 112 information
bits.

1.2.5.1. Pulse intervals. All reply pulses shall start at a defined multiple of 0.5
microseconds from the first transmitted pulse. The tolerance in all cases shall be plus or
minus 0.05 microseconds.
1.2.5.1.1 Reply preamble. The preamble shall consist of four pulses, each with a
duration of 0.5 microseconds. The pulse intervals from the first transmitted pulse to the
second, third and fourth transmitted pulses shall be 1, 3.5 and 4.5 microseconds,
respectively.
1.2.5.1.2 Reply data pulses. The reply data block shall begin 8 microseconds
after the leading edge of the first transmitted pulse. Either 56 or 112 one-microseconds
bit intervals shall be assigned to each transmission. A 0.5-microseconds pulse shall be
transmitted either in the first or in the second half of each interval. When a pulse
transmitted in the second half of one interval is followed by another pulse transmitted in
the first half of the next interval, the two pulses merge and a one-microseconds pulse
shall be transmitted.

1.2.5.2. Pulse amplitudes. The pulse amplitude variation between one pulse and any other
pulse in a Mode S reply shall not exceed 2 dB.
1.3. MODE S DATA STRUCTURE
1.3.1 DATA ENCODING
1.3.1.1 Interrogation data. The interrogation data block shall consist of the sequence of
56 or 112 data chips positioned after the data phase reversals within P6 (1.1.5.2.3). A
180-degree carrier phase reversal preceding a chip shall characterize that chip as a binary
ONE. The absence of a preceding phase reversal shall denote a binary ZERO.
1.3.1.2 Reply data. The reply data block shall consist of 56 or 112 data bits formed by
binary pulse position modulation encoding of the reply data as described in 1.2.5.1.2. A
pulse transmitted in the first half of the interval shall represent a binary ONE whereas a
pulse transmitted in the second half shall represent a binary ZERO.
1.3.1.3 Bit numbering. The bits shall be numbered in the order of their transmission,
beginning with bit 1. Unless otherwise stated, numerical values encoded by groups
(fields) of bits shall be encoded using positive binary notation and the first bit transmitted
shall be the most significant bit (MSB). Information shall be coded in fields which
consist of at least one bit.
Note.— In the description of Mode S formats the decimal equivalent of the binary code
formed by the bit sequence within a field is used as the designator of the field function or
command.

1.3.2 FORMATS OF MODE S INTERROGATIONS AND REPLIES

Note.— A summary of all Mode S interrogation and reply formats is presented in Figures
1-7 and 1-8. A summary of all fields appearing in uplink and downlink formats is given in
Table 1-1 and a summary of all subfields is given in Table 1-4 in the First Schedule.

 
1574 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
1.3.2.1. Essential fields. Every Mode S transmission shall contain two essential fields.
One is a descriptor which shall uniquely define the format of the transmission. This shall
appear at the beginning of the transmission for all formats. The descriptors are designated
by the UF (uplink format) or DF (downlink format) fields. The second essential field
shall be a 24-bit field appearing at the end of each transmission and shall contain parity
information. In all uplink and in currently defined downlink formats parity information
shall be overlaid either on the aircraft address (1.4.1.2.3.1) or on the interrogator
identifier according to 1.3.3.2. The designators are AP (address/parity) or PI
(parity/interrogator identifier).
Note.— The remaining coding space is used to transmit the mission fields. For specific
functions, a specific set of mission fields is prescribed. Mode S mission fields have two-
letter designators. Subfields may appear within mission fields. Mode S subfields are
labelled with three-letter designators.
1.3.2.1.1 UF: Uplink format. This uplink format field (5 bits long except in
format 24 where it is 2 bits long) shall serve as the uplink format descriptor in all Mode S
interrogations and shall be coded according to Figure 1-7 in the First Schedule.
1.3.2.1.2 DF: Downlink format. This downlink format field (5 bits long except in
format 24 where it is 2 bits long) shall serve as the downlink format descriptor in all
Mode S replies and shall be coded according to Figure 1-8 in the First Schedule.
1.3.2.1.3 AP: Address/parity. This 24-bit (33-56 or 89-112) field shall appear in
all uplink and currently defined downlink formats except the Mode S-only all-call reply,
DF = 11. The field shall contain parity overlaid on the aircraft address according to
1.3.3.2.
1.3.2.1.4 PI: Parity/interrogator identifier. This 24-bit (33-56) or (89-112)
downlink field shall have
parity overlaid on the interrogator’s identity code according to 1.3.3.2 and shall appear in
the Mode S all-call reply, DF = 11 and in the extended squitter, DF = 17 or DF = 18. If
the reply is made in response to a Mode A/C/S all-call, a Mode S-only all-call with CL m
field (1.5.2.1.3) and IC field (1.5.2.1.2) equal to 0, or is an acquisition or an extended
squitter (1.8.5, 1.8.6 or 1.8.7), the II and the SI codes shall be 0.
1.3.2.2 Unassigned coding space. Unassigned coding space shall contain all ZEROs as
transmitted by interrogators and transponders.
Note.— Certain coding space indicated as unassigned in this section is reserved for other
applications such as ACAS, data link, etc.
1.3.2.3 Zero and unassigned codes. A zero code assignment in all defined fields shall
indicate that no action is required by the field. In addition, codes not assigned within the
fields shall indicate that no action is required.
Note.— The provisions of 1.3.2.2 and 1.3.2.3 ensure that future assignments of previously
unassigned coding space will not result in ambiguity. That is, Mode S equipment in which
the new coding has not been implemented will clearly indicate that no information is
being transmitted in newly assigned coding space.
1.3.2.4 Formats reserved for military use. States shall ensure that uplink formats are
only used for selectively addressed interrogations and that transmissions of uplink or
downlink formats do not exceed the RF power, interrogation rate, reply rate and squitter
rate requirements of Annex 10.

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1575
1.3.2.4.1Through investigation and validation, States shall ensure that military
applications do not unduly affect the existing 1 030/1 090 MHz civil aviation operations
environment.

1.3.3 ERROR PROTECTION

1.3.3.1Technique. Parity check coding shall be used within Mode S interrogations and
replies to provide protection against the occurrence of errors.
1.3.3.1.1 Parity check sequence. A sequence of 24 parity check bits shall be
generated by the rule described in 1.3.3.1.2 and shall be incorporated into the field
formed by the last 24 bits of all Mode S transmissions. The 24 parity check bits shall be
combined with either the address coding or the interrogator identifier coding as described
in 1.3.3.2. The resulting combination then forms either the AP (address/parity, 1.3.2.1.3)
field or the PI (parity/interrogator identifier, 1.3.2.1.4) field.
1.3.3.1.2 Parity check sequence generation. The sequence of 24 parity bits (p1,
p2, …p24) shall be generated from the sequence of information bits (m1, m2……mk)
where k is 32 or 88 for short or long transmissions respectively. This shall be done by
means of a code generated by the polynomial:

When by the application of binary polynomial algebra, X24[M(x)] is divided by G(x)

where the information sequence M(x) is:

the result is a quotient and a remainder R(x) of degree less than 24. The bit sequence
formed by this remainder represents the parity check sequence. Parity bit pi, for any
ifrom 1 to 24, is the coefficient of x24-i in R(x).

Note. The effect of multiplying M(x) by x24 is to append 24 ZERO bits to the end of the
sequence.

1.3.3.2 AP and PI field generation. Different address parity sequences shall be used for
the uplink and downlink.
Note.— The uplink sequence is appropriate for a transponder decoder implementation.
The downlink sequence facilitates the use of error correction in downlink decoding.
The code used in uplink AP field generation shall be formed as specified below from the
aircraft address (1.4.1.2.3.1.1), the all-call address (1.4.1.2.3.1.2) or the broadcast address
(1.4.1.2.3.1.3). The code used in downlink AP field generation shall be formed directly
from the sequence of 24 Mode S address bits (a1, a2, a24), where aiis the i-th bit
transmitted in the aircraft address (AA) field of an all-call reply (1.5.2.2.2). The code
used in downlink PI field generation shall be formed by a sequence of 24 bits (a1, a2,...,
a24), where the first 17 bits are ZEROs, the next three bits are a replica of the code label
 
 1576 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
(CL) field (1.5.2.1.3) and the last four bits are a replica of the interrogator code (IC) field
(1.5.2.1.2).
Note.— The PI code is not used in uplink transmissions.
A modified sequence (b1, b2,...,b24) shall be used for uplink AP field generation. Bit bi
is the coefficient of XA8-iin the polynomial G(x)A(x), where:

andG(x) is as defined in 1.3.3.1.2.

In the aircraft address aishall be the i-th bit transmitted in the AA field of an all-call
reply. In the allcall and broadcast addresses ai shall equal 1 for all values of i.
1.3.3.2.1. Uplink transmission order. The sequence of bits transmitted in the uplink AP
field is:

where the bits are numbered in order of transmission, starting with k + 1. In uplink
transmissions:
tk + i= bi pi
where “ ” prescribes modulo-2 addition: iequals 1 is the first bit transmitted in the AP
field.
1.3.3.2.2Downlink transmission order. The sequence of bits transmitted in the downlink
AP and PI field is:
tk+ 1, tk+ 2... tk+ 24

where the bits are numbered in order of transmission, starting with k + 1. In downlink
transmissions:
tk + i= ai pi

where “ ” prescribes modulo-2 addition: iequals 1 is the first bit transmitted in the AP
or PI field.

1.4 GENERAL INTERROGATION-REPLY PROTOCOL

1.4.1. Transponder transaction cycle. A transponder transaction cycle shall begin when
the SSR Mode S transponder has recognized an interrogation. The transponder shall then
evaluate the interrogation and determine whether it shall be accepted. If accepted, it shall
then process the received interrogation and generate a reply, if appropriate. The
transaction cycle shall end when:
a) any one of the necessary conditions for acceptance has not been met, or
b) an interrogation has been accepted and the transponder has either:
i. completed the processing of the accepted interrogation if no reply is required, or

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1577
ii. completed the transmission of a reply.
A new transponder transaction cycle shall not begin until the previous cycle has ended.
1.4.1.1. Interrogation recognition. SSR Mode S transponders shall be capable of
recognizing the following distinct types of interrogations:
a) Modes A and C;
b) intermode; and
c) Mode S.
Note.— The recognition process is dependent upon the signal input level and the
specified dynamic range (1.10).
1.4.1.1.1. Mode A and Mode C interrogation recognition. A Mode A or Mode C
interrogation shall be recognized when a P1 – P3 pulse pair meeting the requirements of
regulation 39 has been received, and the leading edge of a P4 pulse with an amplitude
that is greater than a level 6 dB below the amplitude of P3 is not received within the
interval from 1.7 to 2.3 microseconds following the leading edge of P3. If a P1 – P2
suppression pair and a Mode A or Mode C interrogation are recognized simultaneously,
the transponder shall be suppressed. An interrogation shall not be recognized as Mode A
or Mode C if the transponder is in suppression (1.4.2). If a Mode A and a Mode C
interrogation are recognized simultaneously the transponder shall complete the
transaction cycle as if only a Mode C interrogation had been recognized.
1.4.1.1.2. Intermode interrogation recognition. An intermode interrogation shall be
recognized when a P1 – P3 – P4 pulse triplet meeting the requirements of 1.1.5.1 is
received. An interrogation shall not be recognized as an intermode interrogation if:
a) the received amplitude of the pulse in the P4 position is smaller than 6 dB below
the amplitude of P3; or
b) the pulse interval between P3 and P4 is larger than 2.3 microsecondss or shorter
than 1.7 microseconds; or
c) the received amplitude of P1 and P3 is between MTL and –45 dBm and the
pulse duration of P1 or P3 is less than 0.3 microseconds; or
d) the transponder is in suppression (1.4.2).
If a P1 – P2 suppression pair and a Mode A or Mode C intermode interrogation are
recognized simultaneously the transponder shall be suppressed.
1.4.1.1.3. Mode S interrogation recognition. A Mode S interrogation shall be recognized
when a P6 pulse is received with a sync phase reversal within the interval from 1.20 to
1.30 microsecondss following the leading edge of P6. A Mode S interrogation shall not
be recognized if a sync phase reversal is not received within the interval from 1.05 to
1.45 microseconds following the leading edge of P6.
1.4.1.2. Interrogation acceptance. Recognition according to 1.4.1 shall be a prerequisite
for acceptance of any interrogation.
1.4.1.2.1Mode A and Mode C interrogation acceptance. Mode A and Mode C
interrogations shall be accepted when recognized (1.4.1.1.1).
1.4.1.2.2 Intermode interrogation acceptance
1.4.1.2.2.1 Mode A/C/S all-call interrogation acceptance. A Mode A/C/S all-call
interrogation shall be accepted if the trailing edge of P4 is received within 3.45 to 3.75

 
1578 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
microseconds following the leading edge of P3 and no lockout condition (1.6.9) prevents
acceptance. A Mode A/C/S all-call shall not be accepted if the trailing edge of P4 is
received earlier than 3.3 or later than 4.2 microseconds following the leading edge of P3,
or if a lockout condition (1.6.9) prevents acceptance.

1.4.1.2.2.2. Mode A/C-only all-call interrogation acceptance. A Mode A/C-only all-call

interrogation shall not be accepted by a Mode S transponder.
Note.— The technical condition for non-acceptance of a Mode A/C-only all-call is given
in the preceding paragraph by the requirement for rejecting an intermode interrogation
with a P4 pulse having a trailing edge following the leading edge of P3 by less than 3.3
microseconds.
1.4.1.2.3Mode S interrogation acceptance. A Mode S interrogation shall only be accepted
if:
a) the transponder is capable of processing the uplink format (UF) of the
interrogation (1.3.2.1.1);
b) the address of the interrogation matches one of the addresses as defined in
1.4.1.2.3.1 implying that parity is established, as defined in 1.3.3;
c) in the case of an all-call interrogation, no all-call lockout condition applies, as
defined in 1.6.9; and
d) the transponder is capable of processing the uplinked data of a long air-air
surveillance (ACAS) interrogation (UF-16) and presenting it at an output interface as
contained in 1.10.5.2.2.1.
Note.— A Mode S interrogation may be accepted if the conditions specified in 1.4.1.2.3
a) and b) are met and the transponder is not capable of both processing the uplinked
data of a Comm-A interrogation (UF=20 and 21) and presenting it at an output interface
as provided for in 1.10.5.2.2.1.
1.4.1.2.3.1Addresses. Mode S interrogations shall contain either:
a) aircraft address; or
b) the all-call address; or
c) the broadcast address.
1.4.1.2.3.1.1. Aircraft address. If the aircraft’s address is identical to the address
extracted from a received interrogation according to the procedure of 1.3.3.2 and
1.3.3.2.1, the extracted address shall be considered correct for purposes of Mode S
interrogation acceptance.
1.4.1.2.3.1.2. All-call address. A Mode S-only all-call interrogation (uplink format UF =
11) shall contain an address, designated the all-call address, consisting of twenty-four
consecutive ONEs. If the all-call address is extracted from a received interrogation with
format UF = 11 according to the procedure of 1.3.3.2 and 1.3.3.2.1, the address shall be
considered correct for Mode S-only all-call interrogation acceptance.
1.4.1.2.3.1.3. Broadcast address. To broadcast a message to all Mode S transponders
within the interrogator beam, a Mode S interrogation uplink format 20 or 21 shall be used
and an address of twenty-four consecutive ONEs shall be substituted for the aircraft
address. If the UF code is 20 or 21 and this broadcast address is extracted from a received

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1579
interrogation according to the procedure of 1.3.3.2 and 1.3.3.2.1, the address shall be
considered correct for Mode S broadcast interrogation acceptance.
Note.— Transponders associated with airborne collision avoidance systems also accept a
broadcast with UF = 16.
1.4.1.3. Transponder replies. Mode S transponders shall transmit the following reply
types:
a) Mode A and Mode C replies; and
b) Mode S replies.
1.4.1.3.1. Mode A and Mode C replies. A Mode A (Mode C) reply shall be transmitted as
specified in regulation 39(1) when a Mode A (Mode C) interrogation has been accepted.
1.4.1.3.2 Mode S replies. Replies to other than Mode A and Mode C interrogations shall
be Mode S replies.

1.4.1.3.2.1. Replies to intermode interrogations. A Mode S reply with downlink format

11 shall be transmitted in accordance with the provisions of 1.5.2.2 when a Mode A/C/S
all-call interrogation has been accepted.
Note.— Since Mode S transponders do not accept Mode A/C-only all-call interrogations,
no reply is generated.
1.4.1.3.2.2. Replies to Mode S interrogations. The information content of a Mode S reply
shall reflect the conditions existing in the transponder after completion of all processing
of the interrogation eliciting that reply. The correspondence between uplink and downlink
formats shall be as summarized in Table 1-5 provided in the First Schedule.
Note. Four categories of Mode S replies may be transmitted in response to Mode S
interrogations:
a) Mode S all-call replies (DF = 11);
b) surveillance and standard-length communications replies (DF = 4, 5, 20 and 21);
c) extended length communications replies (DF = 24); and
d) air-air surveillance replies (DF = 0 and 16).
1.4.1.3.2.2.1. Replies to SSR Mode S-only all-call interrogations. The downlink format of
the reply to a Mode S-only all-call interrogation (if required) shall be DF = 11. The reply
content and rules for determining the requirement to reply shall be as defined in 1.5.
Note.— A Mode S reply may or may not be transmitted when a Mode S interrogation
with UF = 11 has been accepted.
1.4.1.3.2.2.2. Replies to surveillance and standard length communications interrogations.
A Mode S reply shall be transmitted when a Mode S interrogation with UF = 4, 5, 20 or
21 and an aircraft address has been accepted. The contents of these interrogations and
replies shall be as defined in 1.6.
Note.— If a Mode S interrogation with UF = 20 or 21 and a broadcast address is
accepted, no reply is transmitted (1.4.1.2.3.1.3).
1.4.1.3.2.2.3. Replies to extended length communications interrogations. A series of
Mode S replies ranging in number from 0 to 16 shall be transmitted when a Mode S
interrogation with UF = 24 has been accepted. The downlink format of the reply (if any)

 
1580 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
shall be DF = 24. Protocols defining the number and content of the replies shall be as
defined in 1.7.
1.4.1.3.2.2.4. Replies to air-air surveillance interrogations. A Mode S reply shall be
transmitted when a Mode S interrogation with UF = 0 and an aircraft address has been
accepted. The contents of these interrogations and replies shall be as defined in 1.8.
1.4.2 SUPPRESSION
1.4.2.1. Effects of suppression. A transponder in suppression (1.4) shall not recognize
Mode A, Mode C or intermode interrogations if either the P1 pulse alone or both the P1
and P3 pulses of the interrogation are received during the suppression interval.
Suppression shall not affect the recognition of, acceptance of, or replies to Mode S
interrogations.
1.4.2.2. Suppression pairs. The two-pulse Mode A/C suppression pair defined in 1.4.1
shall initiate suppression in a Mode S transponder regardless of the position of the pulse
pair in a group of pulses, provided the transponder is not already suppressed or in a
transaction cycle.
Note.— The P3 – P4 pair of the Mode A/C-only all-call interrogation both prevents a
reply and initiates suppression.
Likewise, the P1 – P2 preamble of a Mode S interrogation initiates suppression
independently of the waveform that follows it.

1.4.2.3Suppression in presence of S1 pulse shall be as defined in 1.4.3.

1.5 INTERMODE AND MODE S ALL-CALL TRANSACTIONS

1.5.1 INTERMODE TRANSACTIONS
Note. Intermode transactions permit the surveillance of Mode A/C-only aircraft and the
acquisition of Mode S aircraft. The Mode A/C/S all-call interrogation allows Mode A/C-
only and Mode S transponders to be interrogated by the same transmissions. The Mode
A/C-only all-call interrogation makes it possible to elicit replies only from Mode A/C
transponders. In multisite scenarios, the interrogator must transmit its identifier code in
the Mode S only all-call interrogation. Thus, a pair of Mode S-only and Mode A/C-only
all-call interrogations are used. The intermode interrogations are defined in 1.1.5.1 and
the corresponding interrogation-reply protocols are defined in 1.4.
1.5.2 MODE S-ONLY ALL-CALL TRANSACTIONS
Note. These transactions allow the ground to acquire Mode S aircraft by use of an
interrogation addressed to all Mode S-equipped aircraft. The reply is via downlink format
11 which returns the aircraft address. The interrogation-reply protocols are defined in 1.4.
1.5.2.1Mode S-only all-call interrogation, uplink format 11

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1581
The format of this interrogation shall consist of these fields:

Field Reference
PR probability of reply 1.5.2.1.1
CL code label 1.5.2.1.3
AP address/parity 1.3.2.1.3
UF uplink format 1.3.2.1.1
IC interrogator code 1.5.2.1.2
Spare -16 bits

1.5.2.1.1PR: Probability of reply. This 4-bit (6-9) uplink field shall contain commands to
the transponder specifying the probability of reply to that interrogation (1.5.4). Codes are
as follows:

.
1.5.2.1.2IC: Interrogator code. This 4-bit (10-13) uplink field shall contain either the 4-
bit interrogator identifier code (1.5.2.1.2.3) or the lower 4 bits of the 6-bit surveillance
identifier code (1.5.2.1.2.4) depending on the value of the CL field (1.5.2.1.3).
1.5.2.1.2.1 An interrogator shall operate using a single interrogator code.
1.5.2.1.2.2The use of multiple interrogator codes by one interrogator. An interrogator
shall not interleave Mode S-only all-call interrogations using different interrogator codes.
Note. An explanation of RF interference issues, sector size and impact on data link
transactions is presented in the Aeronautical Surveillance Manual (ICAO Doc 9924).
1.5.2.1.2.3 II: Interrogator identifier. This 4-bit value shall define an interrogator
identifier (II) code. These II codes shall be assigned to interrogators in the range from 0
to 15. The II code value of 0 shall only be used for supplementary acquisition in
conjunction with acquisition based on lockout override (1.5.2.1.4 and 1.5.2.1.5). When
two II codes are assigned to one interrogator only, one II code shall be used for full data
link purposes.

 
1582 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
Note. Limited data link activity including single segment Comm-A, uplink and downlink
broadcast protocols and GICB extraction may be performed by both II codes.
1.5.2.1.2.4SI: Surveillance identifier. This 6-bit value shall define a surveillance identifier
(SI) code. These SI codes shall be assigned to interrogators in the range from 1 to 63. The
SI code value of 0 shall not be used. The SI codes shall be used with the multisite lockout
protocols (1.6.9.1). The SI codes shall not be used with the multisite communications
protocols (1.6.11.3.2, 1.7.4 or 1.7.7).
1.5.2.1.3CL: Code label. This 3-bit (14-16) uplink field shall define the contents of the IC
field.

The other values of the CL field shall not be used.

1.5.2.1.3.1Surveillance identifier (SI) code capability report. Transponders which process
the SI codes (1.5.2.1.2.4) shall report this capability by setting bit 35 to 1 in the
surveillance identifier capability (SIC) subfield of the MB field of the data link capability
report (1.6.10.2.2).
1.5.2.1.4 Operation based on lockout override
Note 1.— The Mode S-only all-call lockout override provides the basis for acquisition of
Mode S aircraft for interrogators that have not been assigned a unique IC (II or SI code)
for full Mode S operation (protected acquisition by ensuring that no other interrogator
on the same IC can lock out the target in the same coverage area).
Note 2.Lockout override is possible using any interrogator code.
1.5.2.1.4.1Maximum Mode S-only all-call interrogation rate. The maximum rate of Mode
S-only allcall interrogations made by an interrogator using acquisition based on lockout
override shall depend on the reply probability as follows:
a) for a reply probability equal to 1.0: the smaller of 3 interrogations per 3 dB
beam dwell or 30 interrogations per second;
b) for a reply probability equal to 0.5: the smaller of 5 interrogations per 3 dB
beam dwell or 60 interrogations per second; and
c) for a reply probability equal to 0.25 or less: the smaller of 10 interrogations per
3 dB beam dwell or 125 interrogations per second.
Note.— These limits have been defined in order to minimize the RF pollution generated
by such a method while keeping a minimum of replies to allow acquisition of aircraft
within a beam dwell.
1.5.2.1.4.2 Passive acquisition without using all-call interrogations shall be used in the
place of lockout override.
Note.— The Aeronautical Surveillance Manual (Doc 9924) provides guidance on
different passive acquisition methods.
 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1583
1.5.2.1.4.3Field content for a selectively addressed interrogation used by an interrogator
without an assigned interrogator code. An interrogator that has not been assigned with a
unique discrete interrogator code and is authorized totransmit shall use the II code 0 to
perform the selective interrogations. In this case, selectively addressed interrogations
used inconnection with acquisition using lockout override shall have interrogation field
contents restricted as follows:
UF = 4, 5, 20 or 21
PC = 0
DI = 7
IIS = 0
LOS = 0 except as specified in 1.5.2.1.5
TMS = 0

1.5.2.1.4.4An interrogator that has not been assigned with a unique discrete interrogator
code and is authorized to transmit using II code 0 shall not attempt to extract air-initiated
Comm-B message announced by DR = 1 or 3.
Note. These restrictions permit surveillance transaction, GICB transaction and Comm-B
broadcast extraction, but prevent the interrogation from making any changes to
transponder multisite lockout or communications protocol states.
1.5.2.1.4.5Supplementary acquisition using II equals 0
Note 1.The acquisition technique defined in 1.5.2.1.4 provides rapid acquisition for most
aircraft. Due to the probabilistic nature of the process, it may take many interrogations
to acquire the last aircraft of a large set of aircraft in the same beam dwell and near the
same range (termed a local garble zone). Acquisition performance is greatly improved
for the acquisition of these aircraft through the use of limited selective lockout using II
equals 0.
Note 2. Supplementary acquisition consists of locking out acquired aircraft to II=0
followed by acquisition by means of the Mode S-only all-call interrogation with II=0.
Only the aircraft not yet acquired and not yet locked-out will reply resulting in an easier
acquisition.
1.5.2.1.5.1Lockout within a beam dwell
1.5.2.1.5.1.1 When II equals 0 lockout is used to supplement acquisition, all aircraft
within the beam dwell of the aircraft being acquired shall be commanded to lock out to II
equals 0, not just those in the garble zone.
Note. Lockout of all aircraft in the beam dwell will reduce the amount of all-call fruit
replies generated to the II equals 0 all-call interrogations.
1.5.2.1.5.2Duration of lockout
1.5.2.1.5.2.1Interrogators performing supplementary acquisition using II equals 0 shall
perform acquisition by transmitting a lockout command for no more than two consecutive
scans to each of the aircraft already acquired in the beam dwell containing the garble
zone and shall not repeat it before 48 seconds have elapsed.

 
1584 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
Note. Minimizing the lockout time reduces the probability of conflict with the acquisition
activities of a neighbouring interrogator that is also using II equals 0 for supplementary
acquisition.
1.5.2.1.5.2.2Mode S only all-call interrogations with II=0 for the purpose of
supplementary acquisition shall take place within a garble zone over no more than two
consecutive scans or a maximum of 18 seconds.
1.5.2.2 All-call reply, downlink format 11

The reply to the Mode S-only all-call or the Mode A/C/S all-call interrogation shall be
the Mode S allcall reply, downlink format 11. The format of this reply shall consist of
these fields:

1.5.2.2.1CA: Capability. This 3-bit (6-8) downlink field shall convey information on the
transponder level, the additional information below, and shall be used in formats DF = 11
and DF = 17.
Coding
0- signifies Level 1 transponder (surveillance only), and no ability to set CA code 7
and either airborne or on the ground
1- reserved
2- reserved
3- reserved transponder and ability to set CA code 7 and airborne
4- signifies Level 2 or above transponder and ability to set CA code 7 and either
airborne or on the ground
5- signifies the DR field is not equal to 0 or the FS field equals 2, 3
6- signifies Level 2 or above transponder and ability to set CA code 7 and on the
ground
7- signifies Level 2 or above
4 or 5 and either airborne or on the ground. When the conditions for CA code 7 are not
satisfied, aircraft with Level 2 or above transponders;
a) that do not have automatic means to set the on-the-ground condition shall use
CA code 6;

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1585
b) with automatic on-the-ground determination shall use CA code 4 when on the
ground and 5 when airborne; and
c) with or without automatic on-the-ground determination shall use CA = 4 when
commanded to set and report the on-the-ground status via the TCS subfield (1.6.1.4.1
f)).
Data link capability reports (1.6.10.2.2) shall be available from aircraft installations that
set CA code 4, 5, 6 or 7.
Note.— CA codes 1 to 3 are reserved to maintain backward compatibility.
1.5.2.2.2AA: Address announced. This 24-bit (9-32) downlink field shall contain the
aircraft address which provides unambiguous identification of the aircraft.
1.5.3Lockout protocol. The all-call lockout protocol defined in 1.6.9 shall be used by the
interrogator with respect to an aircraft once the address of that specific aircraft has been
acquired by an interrogator provided that;
a) the interrogator is using an IC code different from zero; and
b) the aircraft is located in an area where the interrogator is authorized to use
lockout.

Note 1.— Following acquisition, a transponder is interrogated by discretely addressed

interrogations as prescribed in 1.6, 3.1.2.7 and 1.8 and the all-call lockout protocol is
used to inhibit replies to further all-call interrogations.
Note 2.— Regional IC allocation bodies may define rules limiting the use of selective
interrogation and lockout protocol (e.g. no lockout in defined limited area, use of
intermittent lockout in defined areas, and no lockout of aircraft not yet equipped with SI
code capability).
1.5.4 Stochastic all-call protocol. The transponder shall execute a random process upon
acceptance of a Mode S-only all-call with a PR code equal to 1 to 4 or 9 to 12. A decision
to reply shall be made in accordance with the probability specified in the interrogation. A
transponder shall not reply if a PR code equal to 5, 6, 7, 13, 14 or 15 is received
(1.5.2.1.1).
Note.— The random occurrence of replies makes it possible for the interrogator to
acquire closely spaced aircraft, replies from which would otherwise synchronously
garble each other.

1.6 ADDRESSED SURVEILLANCE AND STANDARD LENGTH

COMMUNICATION TRANSACTIONS
Note 1.— The interrogations described in this section are addressed to specific aircraft.
There are two basic interrogation and reply types, short and long. The short
interrogations and replies are UF 4 and 5 and DF 4 and 5, while the long interrogations
and replies are UF 20 and 21 and DF 20 and 21.
Note 2.— The communications protocols are given in 1.6.11. These protocols describe
the control of the data exchange.
1.1.1 SURVEILLANCE, ALTITUDE REQUEST, UPLINK FORMAT 4

 
1586 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018

The format of this interrogation shall consist of these fields:

1.1.1.1PC: Protocol. This 3-bit, (6-8) uplink field shall contain operating commands to
the transponder. The PC field shall be ignored for the processing of surveillance or
Comm-A interrogations containing DI = 3 (1.6.1.4.1).
Coding
0 signifies no action
1 signifies non-selective all-call lockout
2 not assigned
3 not assigned
4 signifies close out Comm-B
5 signifies close out uplink
6 signifies close out downlink
7 not assigned
1.1.1.2 RR: Reply request. This 5-bit, (9-13) uplink field shall command the length and
content of a requested reply. The last four bits of the 5-bit RR code, transformed into
their decimal equivalent, shall designate the BDS1 code (1.6.11.2 or 1.6.11.3) of the
requested Comm-B message if the most significant bit (MSB) of the RR code is 1 (RR is
equal to or greater than 16).
Coding
RR = 0-15 shall be used to request a reply with surveillance format (DF = 4 or 5);
RR = 16-31 shall be used to request a reply with Comm-B format (DF = 20 or 21);
RR = 16 shall be used to request transmission of an air-initiated Comm-B message
according to

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1587
1.6.11.3 or to request the extraction of a Comm-B broadcast message according to
1.6.11.4;
RR = 17 shall be used to request a data link capability report according to 1.6.10.2.2; RR
= 18 shall be used to request aircraft identification according to 1.9; 19-31 are not
assigned in Part III of these Regulations.
Note.— Codes 19-31 are reserved for applications such as data link communications,
airborne collision avoidance systems (ACAS), etc.
1.1.1.3DI: Designator identification. This 3-bit (14-16) uplink field shall identify the
structure of the SD field (1.6.1.4).
Coding
0 signifies SD not assigned except for IIS
1 signifies SD contains multisite and communications control information
2 signifies SD contains control data for extended squitter
3 signifies SD contains SI multisite lockout, broadcast and GICB
controlinformation
4 4-6 signifies SD not assigned
5 7 signifies SD contains extended data readout request, multisite and
communications control information.
1.1.1.4SD: Special designator. This 16-bit (17-32) uplink field shall contain control
codes which depend on the coding in the DI field.
Note.— The special designator (SD) field is provided to accomplish the transfer of
multisite, lockout and communications control information from the ground station to the
transponder.

 
1588 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018

1.1.1.4.1 Subfields in SD. The SD field shall contain information as follows:

a) If DI = 0, 1 or 7: IIS, the 4-bit (17-20) interrogator identifier subfield shall
contain an assigned identifier code of the interrogator (1.5.2.1.2.3).
b) If DI = 0: bits 21-32 are not assigned.
c) If DI = 1: MBS, the 2-bit (21, 22) multisite Comm-B subfield shall have the
following codes:
0 signifies no Comm-B action
1 signifies air-initiated Comm-B reservation request (1.6.11.3.1)
2 signifies Comm-B closeout (1.6.11.3.2.3)
3 not assigned.
MES, the 3-bit (23-25) multisite ELM subfield shall contain reservation and closeout
commands for ELM as follows:
0 signifies no ELM action
1 signifies uplink ELM reservation request (1.7.4.1)
2 signifies uplink ELM closeout (1.7.4.2.8)
3 signifies downlink ELM reservation request (1.7.7.1.1)
4 signifies downlink ELM closeout (1.7.7.3)
5 signifies uplink ELM reservation request and downlink ELM closeout 6
signifies uplink ELM closeout and downlink ELM reservation request 7 signifies
uplink ELM and downlink ELM closeouts.
RSS, the 2-bit (27, 28) reservation status subfield shall request the transponder to report
its reservation status in the UM field. The following codes have been assigned:
0 signifies no request
1 signifies report Comm-B reservation status in UM 2 signifies report uplink
ELM reservation status in UM 3 signifies report downlink ELM reservation status in
UM.

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1589
d) If DI = 1 or 7:
LOS, the 1-bit (26) lockout subfield, if set to 1, shall signify a multisite lockout command
from the interrogator indicated in IIS. LOS set to 0, shall be used to signify that no
change in lockout state is commanded.
TMS, the 4-bit (29-32) tactical message subfield shall contain communications control
information used by the data link avionics.
e) If DI = 7:
RRS, the 4-bit (21-24) reply request subfield in SD shall give the BDS2 code of a
requested Comm-B reply.
Bits 25, 27 and 28 are not assigned.
f) If DI = 2:
TCS, the 3-bit (21-23) type control subfield in SD shall control the on-the-ground status
reported by the transponder.
The following codes have been assigned:
0 signifies no on-the-ground status command
1 signifies set and report the on-the-ground status for the next 15 seconds
2 signifies set and report the on-the-ground status for the next 60 seconds
3signifies cancel the on-the-ground command 4-7 not assigned.
The transponder shall be able to accept a new command to set or cancel the on-the-
ground status even though a prior command has not as yet timed out.
Note.— Cancellation of the on-the-ground status command signifies that the
determination of the vertical status reverts to the aircraft technique for this purpose. It
does not signify a command to change to the vertical status.
RCS, the 3-bit (24-26) rate control subfield in SD shall control the squitter rate of the
transponder when it is reporting the surface format. This subfield shall have no effect on
the transponder squitter rate when it is reporting the airborne position type. The following
codes have been assigned:
0 signifies no surface position extended squitter rate command
1 signifies report high surface position extended squitter rate for 60 seconds
2 signifies report low surface position extended squitter rate for 60 seconds
3 signifies suppress all surface position extended squitters for 60 seconds
4 signifies suppress all surface position extended squitters for 120 seconds 5-7 not
assigned.

Note 1.— The definition of high and low squitter rates is given in 1.8.6.4.3.
Note 2.— As stated in 1.8.5.2 d), acquisition squitters are transmitted when surface
position extended squitters are suppressed by using RCS=3 or 4.
SAS, the 2-bit (27-28) surface antenna subfield in SD shall control the selection of the
transponder diversity antennathat is used for (1) the extended squitter when the
transponder is reporting the surface format, and (2) the acquisitionsquitter when the
transponder is reporting the on-the-ground status. This subfield shall have no effect on

 
1590 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
thetransponder diversity antenna selection when it is reporting the airborne status. The
following codes have beenassigned:
0 signifies no antenna command
1 signifies alternate top and bottom antennas for 120 seconds 2 signifies use
bottom antenna for 120 seconds 3 signifies return to the default.
Note.— The top antenna is the default condition (1.8.6.5).
g) If DI = 3:
SIS, the 6-bit (17-22) surveillance identifier subfield in SD shall contain an assigned
surveillance identifier code of the interrogator (1.5.2.1.2.4).
LSS, the 1-bit (23) lockout surveillance subfield, if set to 1, shall signify a multisite
lockout command from the interrogator indicated in SIS. If set to 0, LSS shall signify that
no change in lockout state is commanded.
RRS, the 4-bit (24-27) reply request subfield in SD shall contain the BDS2 code of a
requested GICB register. Bits 28 to 32 are not assigned.
h) If DI=4, 5 or 6 then the SD field has no meaning and shall not impact other
transaction cycle protocols. These DI codes remain reserved until future assignment of
the SD field.
i) If DI = 0, 3 or 7:
In addition to the requirements provided above, the “SD” shall contain the following:
“OVC”: The 1-bit (bit 28) “overlay control” subfield in “SD” is used by the interrogator
to command that the data parity (“DP” 1.3.2.1.5) be overlaid upon the resulting reply to
the interrogation in accordance with paragraph 1.6.11.2.5.
1.1.1.4.2TCS subfield equal to one (1) in the SD field for extended squitters. When the
TCS subfield in the SD field is set equal to one (1), it shall signify the following:
a) broadcast of the extended squitter surface formats, including the surface position
message (1.8.6.4.3), the identification and category message (1.8.6.4.4), the aircraft
operational status message (1.8.6.4.6) and the aircraft status message (1.8.6.4.6) for the
next 15 seconds at the appropriate rates on the top antenna for aircraft systems having the
antenna diversity capability, except if otherwise specified by SAS (1.6.1.4.1 f));
b) inhibit replies to Mode A/C, Mode A/C/S all-call and Mode S-only all-call
interrogations for the next 15 seconds;
c) broadcast of acquisition squitters as per 1.8.5 using antenna as specified in
1.8.5.3 a);
d) does not impact the air/ground state reported via the CA, FS and VS fields;
e) discontinue broadcast of the extended squitter airborne message formats; and
f) broadcast of the extended squitter surface formats at the rates according to the
TRS subfield unless commanded to transmit at the rates set by the RCS subfield.
1.1.1.4.3TCS subfield equal to two (2) in the SD field for extended squitters. When the
TCS subfield in the SD field is set equal to two (2), it shall signify the following:

a) broadcast of the extended squitter surface formats, including the surface position
message (1.8.6.4.3), the identification and category message (1.8.6.4.4), the aircraft

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1591
operational status message (1.8.6.4.6) and the aircraft status message (1.8.6.4.6) for the
next 60 seconds at the appropriate rates on the top antenna for aircraft systems having the
antenna diversity capability, except if otherwise specified by SAS (1.6.1.4.1 f));
b) inhibit replies to Mode A/C, Mode A/C/S all-call and Mode S-only all-call
interrogations for the next 60 seconds;
c) broadcast of acquisition squitters as per 1.8.5 using antenna as specified in
1.8.5.3 a);
d) does not impact the air/ground state reported via the CA, FS and VS fields;
e) discontinue broadcast of the extended squitter airborne message formats; and
f) broadcast of the extended squitter surface formats at the rates according to the
TRS subfield unless commanded to transmit at the rates set by the RCS subfield.
1.1.1.5 PC and SD field processing. When DI = 1, PC field processing shall be completed
before processing the SD field.

1.1.2 COMM-A ALTITUDE REQUEST, UPLINK FORMAT 20

The format of this interrogation shall consist of these fields:

Field Reference

UF uplink format 1.3.2.1.1

PC protocol 1.6.1.1
RR reply request 1.6.1.2
DI designator 1.6.1.3
identification
SD special designator 1.6.1.4
MA message, Comm-A 1.6.2.1
AP address/parity 1.3.2.1.3

1.1.2.1MA: Message, Comm-A. This 56-bit (33-88) field shall contain a data link message
to the aircraft.
1.1.3 SURVEILLANCE IDENTITY REQUEST, UPLINK FORMAT 5

 
1592 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018

The format of this interrogation shall consist of these fields:

Field Reference
UF uplink format 1.3.2.1.1
PC protocol 1.6.1.1
RR reply request 1.6.1.2
DI designator identification 1.6.1.3
SD special designator 1.6.1.4
AP address/parity 1.3.2.1.3
1.1.4 COMM-A IDENTITY REQUEST, UPLINK FORMAT 21

The format of this interrogation shall consist of these fields:

Field Reference
UF uplink format 1.3.2.1.1
PC protocol 1.6.1.1
RR reply request 1.6.1.2
DI designator 1.6.1.3
identification
SD special designator 1.6.1.4
MA message, Comm- 1.6.2.1
A
AP address/parity 1.3.2.1.3

1.1.5 SURVEILLANCE ALTITUDE REPLY, DOWNLINK FORMAT 4

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1593
This reply shall be generated in response to an interrogation UF 4 or 20 with an RR field
value less than 16. The format of this reply shall consist of these fields:
Field Reference

DF downlink format 1.3.2.1.2

FS flight status 1.6.5.1

DR downlink request 1.6.5.2

UM utility message 1.6.5.3

AC altitude code 1.6.5.4

Address/parity 1.3.2.1.3

1.1.5.1 FS: Flight status. This 3-bit (6-8) downlink field shall contain the following
information:
Coding
0 signifies no alert and no SPI, aircraft is airborne
1 signifies no alert and no SPI, aircraft is on the ground
2 signifies alert, no SPI, aircraft is airborne
3 signifies alert, no SPI, aircraft is on the ground
4 signifies alert and SPI, aircraft is airborne or on the ground
5 signifies no alert and SPI, aircraft is airborne or on the ground 6 reserved 7
not assigned
Note.— The conditions which cause an alert are given in 1.6.10.1.1.
1.1.5.2DR: Downlink request. This 5-bit (9-13) downlink field shall contain requests to
downlink information.
Coding
0 signifies no downlink request
1 signifies request to send Comm-B message
2 reserved for ACAS 3 reserved for ACAS
4 signifies Comm-B broadcast message 1 available
5 signifies Comm-B broadcast message 2 available
6 reserved for ACAS
7 reserved for ACAS
8-15 not assigned
16-31 see downlink ELM protocol (1.7.7.1)

 
1594 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
Codes 1-15 shall take precedence over codes 16-31.
Note.— Giving precedence to codes 1-15 permits the announcement of a Comm-B
message to interrupt the announcement of a downlink ELM. This gives priority to the
announcement of the shorter message.
1.1.5.3UM: Utility message. This 6-bit (14-19) downlink field shall contain transponder
communications status information as specified in 1.6.1.4.1 and 1.6.5.3.1.
1.1.5.3.1 Subfields in UM for multisite protocols
UM FIELD STRUCTURE

The following subfields shall be inserted by the transponder into the UM field of the
reply if a surveillance or Comm-A interrogation (UF equals 4, 5, 20, 21) contains DI = 1
and RSS other than 0:
IIS: The 4-bit (14-17) interrogator identifier subfield reports the identifier of the
interrogator that is reserved for multisite communications.
IDS: The 2-bit (18, 19) identifier designator subfield reports the type of reservation made
by the interrogator identified in IIS.
Assigned coding is:
0 signifies no information
1 signifies IIS contains Comm-B II code
2 signifies IIS contains Comm-C II code
3 signifies IIS contains Comm-D II code.
1.1.5.3.2Multisite reservation status. The interrogator identifier of the ground station
currently reserved for multisite Comm-B delivery (1.6.11.3.1) shall be transmitted in the
IIS subfield together with code 1 in the IDS subfield if the UM content is not specified by
the interrogation (when DI = 0 or 7, or when DI = 1 and RSS = 0).
The interrogator identifier of the ground station currently reserved for downlink ELM
delivery (1.7.6.1), if any, shall be transmitted in the IIS subfield together with code 3 in
the IDS subfield if the UM content is not specified by the interrogation and there is no
current Comm-B reservation.
1.1.5.4AC: Altitude code. This 13-bit (20-32) field shall contain altitude coded as follows:
a) Bit 26 is designated as the M bit, and shall be 0 if the altitude is reported in feet.
M equals 1 shall be reserved to indicate that the altitude reporting is in metric units.
b) If M equals 0, then bit 28 is designated as the Q bit. Q equals 0 shall be used to
indicate that the altitude is reported in -foot increments. Q equals 1 shall be used to
indicate that the altitude is reported in 25-foot increments.
c) If the M bit (bit 26) and the Q bit (bit 28) equal 0, the altitude shall be coded
according to the pattern for Mode C replies of 1.12.2.3. Starting with bit 20 the sequence
shall be C1, A1, C2, A2, C4, A4, ZERO, B1, ZERO, B2, D2, B4, D4.

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1595

d) If the M bit equals 0 and the Q bit equals 1, the 11-bit field represented by bits
20 to 25, 27 and 29 to 32 shall represent a binary coded field with a least significant bit
(LSB) of 25 ft. The binary value of the positive decimal integer “N” shall be encoded to
report pressure-altitude in the range [(25 N – 1 000) plus or minus 12.5 ft]. The coding of
1.6.5.4 c) shall be used to report pressure-altitude above 50 187.5 ft.
Note 1.— This coding method is only able to provide values between minus 1 000 ft and
plus 50 175 ft.
Note 2.— The most significant bit (MSB) of this field is bit 20 as required by 1.3.1.3.
a) If the M bit equals 1, the 12-bit field represented by bits 20 to 25 and 27 to 31
shall be reserved for encoding altitude in metric units;
b) 0 shall be transmitted in each of the 13 bits of the AC field if altitude
information is not available or if the altitude has been determined invalid.
1.1.6 COMM-B ALTITUDE REPLY, DOWNLINK FORMAT 20

This reply shall be generated in response to an interrogation UF 4 or 20 with an RR field

value greater than 15. The format of this reply shall consist of these fields:
Field Reference

DF downlink format 1.3.2.1.2

FS flight status 1.6.5.1
DR downlink request 1.6.5.2
UM utility message 1.6.5.3
AC altitude code 1.6.5.4
MB message, Comm-B 1.6.6.1
Address/parity 1.3.2.1.3

1.1.6.1MB: Message, Comm-B. This 56-bit (33-88) downlink field shall be used to
transmit data link messages to the ground.
1.1.7 SURVEILLANCE IDENTITY REPLY, DOWNLINK FORMAT 5

This reply shall be generated in response to an interrogation UF 5 or 21 with an RR field

value less than 16. The format of this reply shall consist of these fields:

 
1596 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
Field Reference

DF downlink format 1.3.2.1.2

FS flight status 1.6.5.1
DR downlink request 1.6.5.2
UM utility message 1.6.5.3
ID identity 1.6.7.1
Address/parity 1.3.2.1.3

1.1.7.1ID: Identity (Mode A code). This 13-bit (20-32) field shall contain aircraft identity
code, in accordance with the pattern for Mode A replies in regulation 39(1). Starting with
bit 20, the sequence shall be C1, A1, C2, A2, C4, A4, ZERO, B1, D1, B2, D2, B4, D4.

1.1.8COMM-B IDENTITY REPLY, DOWNLINK FORMAT 21

This reply shall be generated in response to an interrogation UF 5 or 21 with an RR field

value greater than 15. The format of this reply shall consist of these fields:
Field Reference
DF downlink format 1.3.2.1.2
FS flight status 1.6.5.1
DR downlink request 1.6.5.2
UM utility message 1.6.5.3
ID Identity 1.6.7.1
MB message, Comm-B 1.6.6.1
Address/parity 1.3.2.1.3

1.1.9LOCKOUT PROTOCOLS
1.1.9.1Multisite all-call lockout
Note.— The multisite lockout protocol prevents transponder acquisition from being
denied one ground station by lockout commands from an adjacent ground station that
has overlapping coverage.
1.1.9.1.1The multisite lockout command shall be transmitted in the SD field (1.6.1.4.1).
A lockout command for an II code shall be transmitted in an SD with DI = 1 or DI = 7.
 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1597
An II lockout command shall be indicated by LOS code equals 1 and the presence of a
non-zero interrogator identifier in the IIS subfield of SD. A lockout command for an SI
code shall be transmitted in an SD with DI = 3. SI lockout shall be indicated by LSS
equals 1 and the presence of a non-zero interrogator identifier in the SIS subfield of SD.
After a transponder has accepted an interrogation containing a multisite lockout
command, that transponder shall commence to lock out (i.e. not accept) any Mode S-only
all-call interrogation which includes the identifier of the interrogator that commanded the
lockout. The lockout shall persist for an interval TL (1.10.3.9) after the last acceptance of
an interrogation containing the multisite lockout command. Multisite lockout shall not
prevent acceptance of a Mode S-only all-call interrogation containing PR codes 8 to 12.
If a lockout command (LOS = 1) is received together with IIS = 0, it shall be interpreted
as a non-selective all-call lockout (1.6.9.2).
Note 1.— Fifteen interrogators can send independent multisite II lockout commands. In
addition, 63 interrogators can send independent SI lockout commands. Each of these
lockout commands must be timed separately.

Note 2.— Multisite lockout (which only uses non-zero II codes) does not affect the
response of the transponder to Mode S-only all-call interrogations containing II equals 0
or to Mode A/C/S all-call interrogations.
1.1.9.2Non-selective all-call lockout
Note 1.— In cases where the multisite lockout protocol for II codes is not required (e.g.
there is no overlapping coverage or there is ground station coordination via ground-to-
ground communications) the non-selective lockout protocol may be used.
On acceptance of an interrogation containing code 1 in the PC field, a transponder shall
commence to lock out (i.e. not accept) two types of all-call interrogations:
a) the Mode S-only all-call (UF = 11), with II equals 0; and
b) the Mode A/C/S all-call of 1.1.5.1.1.
This lockout condition shall persist for an interval TD (1.10.3.9) after the last receipt of
the command. Non-selective lockout shall not prevent acceptance of a Mode S-only all-
call interrogation containing PR codes 8 to 12.
Note 2.— Non-selective lockout does not affect the response of the transponder to Mode
S-only all-call interrogations containing II not equal to 0.
1.6.10 BASIC DATA PROTOCOLS
1.6.10.1Flight status protocol. Flight status shall be reported in the FS field (1.6.5.1).
1.6.10.1.1Alert. An alert condition shall be reported in the FS field if the Mode A identity
code transmitted in Mode A replies and in downlink formats DF equals 5 and DF equals
21 are changed by the pilot.
1.6.10.1.1.1Permanent alert condition. The alert condition shall be maintained if the
Mode-A identity code is changed to 7500, 7600 or 7700.
1.6.10.1.1.2Temporary alert condition. The alert condition shall be temporary and shall
cancel itself after TC seconds if the Mode A identity code is changed to a value other
than those listed in 1.6.10.1.1.1. The TC shall be retriggered and continued for TC
seconds after any change has been accepted by the transponder function.

 
1598 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
Note 1.— This retriggering is performed to ensure that the ground interrogator obtains
the desired Mode A identity code before the alert condition is cleared.
Note 2.— The value of TC is given in 1.10.3.9.
1.6.10.1.1.3Termination of the permanent alert condition. The permanent alert condition
shall be terminated and replaced by a temporary alert condition when the Mode A
identity code is set to a value other than 7500, 7600 or 7700.
1.6.11.1.2Ground report. The on-the-ground status of the aircraft shall be reported in the
CA field (1.5.2.2.1), the FS field (1.6.5.1), and the VS field (1.8.2.1). If an automatic
indication of the on-the-ground condition (e.g. from a weight on wheels or strut switch) is
available at the transponder data interface, it shall be used as the basis for the reporting of
on-the-ground status except as specified in 1.6.10.3.1 and 1.8.6.7. If such indication is not
available at the transponder data interface (1.10.5.1.3), the FS and VS codes shall indicate
that the aircraft is airborne and the CA field shall indicate that the aircraft is either
airborne or on the ground (CA = 6) except as indicated in 1.8.6.7.
1.6.11.1.3Special position identification (SPI). An equivalent of the SPI pulse shall be
transmitted by Mode S transponders in the FS field and the surveillance status subfield
(SSS) when manually activated. This pulse shall be transmitted for TI seconds after
initiation (regulation 39, 1.13 and 1.8.6.3.1.1).
Note.— The value of TI is given in 1.10.3.9.

1.6.10.2Capability reporting protocol. The data structure and content of the data link
capability report registers shall be implemented in such a way that interoperability is
ensured.
Note 1.— Aircraft capability is reported in special fields as defined in the following
paragraphs.
Note 2.— The data format of the registers for reporting capability is specified in the
Technical Provisions for Mode S Services and Extended Squitter (ICAO Doc 9871).
1.6.10.2.1Capability report. The 3-bit CA field, contained in the all-call reply, DF equals
11, shall report the basic capability of the Mode S transponder as described in 1.5.2.2.1.
1.6.10.2.2Data link capability report. The data link capability report shall provide the
interrogator with a description of the data link capability of the Mode S installation.
Note.— The data link capability report is contained in register 1016 with a possible
extension in registers 1116 to 1616 when any continuation will be required.
1.6.10.2.2.1Extraction and subfields in MB for data link capability report
1.6.10.2.2.1.1Extraction of the data link capability report contained in register 1016 .The
report shall be obtained by a ground-initiated Comm-B reply in response to an
interrogation containing RR equals 17 and DI is not equal to 7 or DI equals 7 and RRS
equals 0 (1.6.11.2).
1.6.10.2.2.1.2Sources of data link capability. Data link capability reports shall contain the
capabilities provided by the transponder, the ADLP and the ACAS unit. If external inputs
are lost, the transponder shall zero the corresponding bits in the data link report.
1.6.10.2.2.1.3The data link capability report shall contain information on the following
capabilities as specified in Table 1-6 in the First Schedule.

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1599
1.6.10.2.2.1.4The Mode S sub-network version number shall contain information to
ensure interoperability with older airborne equipment.
1.6.10.2.2.1.4.1The Mode S sub-network version number shall indicate that all
implemented subnetwork functions are in compliance with the requirements of the
indicated version number. The Mode S subnetwork version number shall be set to a non-
zero value if at least one DTE or Mode S specific service is installed.
Note.— The version number does not indicate that all possible functions of that version
are implemented.
1.6.10.2.2.2Updating of the data link capability report. The transponder shall, at intervals
not exceeding four seconds, compare the current data link capability status (bits 41-88 in
the data link capability report) with that last reported and shall, if a difference is noted,
initiate a revised data link capability report by Comm-B broadcast (1.6.11.4) for BDS1 =
1 (33-36) and BDS 2 = 0 (37-40). The transponder shall initiate, generate and announce
the revised capability report even if the aircraft data link capability is degraded or lost.
The transponder shall ensure that the BDS code is set for the data link capability report in
all cases, including a loss of the interface.
Note.— The setting of the BDS code by the transponder ensures that a broadcast change
of capability report will contain the BDS code for all cases of data link failure (e.g. the
loss of the transponder data link interface).
1.6.10.2.2.3Zeroing of bits in the data link capability report
If capability information to the transponder fails to provide an update at a rate of at least
once every 4 seconds, the transponder shall insert ZERO in bits 41 to 56 of the data link
capability report (transponder register 1016).
Note.— Bits 1 to 8 contain the BDS1 and BDS2 codes. Bits 16 and 37 to 40 contain
ACAS capability information. Bit 33 indicates the availability of aircraft identification
data and is set by the transponder when the data comes from a separate interface and not
from the ADLP. Bit 35 is the SI code indication. All of these bits are inserted by the
transponder.
1.6.10.2.3 Common usage GICB capability report. Common usage GICB services which
are being actively updated shall be indicated in transponder register 1716.
1.6.10.2.4Mode S specific services GICB capability reports. GICB services that are
installed shall be reported in registers 1816 to 1C16.
1.6.10.2.5 Mode S specific services MSP capability reports. MSP services that are
installed shall be reported in registers 1D16 to 1F16.
1.6.10.3Validation of on-the-ground status declared by an automatic means
Note.— For aircraft with an automatic means of determining vertical status, the CA field
reports whether the aircraft is airborne or on the ground. ACAS II acquires aircraft
using the short or extended squitter, both of which contain the CA field. If an aircraft
reports on-the-ground status, that aircraft will not be interrogated by ACAS II in order to
reduce unnecessary interrogation activity. If the aircraft is equipped to report extended
squitter messages, the function that formats these messages may have information
available to validate that an aircraft reporting “on-the-ground” is actually airborne.
1.6.10.3.1Aircraft with an automatic means for determining the on-the-ground state on
which transponders have access to at least one of the parameters, ground speed, radio
altitude or airspeed, shall perform the following validation check:

 
1600 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
If the automatically determined air/ground status is not available or is “airborne”, no
validation shall be performed. If the automatically determined air/ground status is
available and “on-the-ground” condition is being reported or if the on-the-ground status
has been commanded via the TCS subfield (1.6.1.4.1 f)), the air/ground status shall be
overridden and changed to “airborne” if:
Ground Speed > 100 knots OR Airspeed > 100 knots OR Radio Altitude > 50 feet
1.6.11. STANDARD LENGTH COMMUNICATIONS PROTOCOLS
Note 1.— The two types of standard length communications protocols are Comm-A and
Comm-B; messages using these protocols are transferred under the control of the
interrogator. Comm-A messages are sent directly to the transponder and are completed
within one transaction. A Comm-B message is used to transfer information from air to
ground and can be initiated either by the interrogator or the transponder. In the case of
ground-initiated Comm-B transfers, the interrogator requests data to be read out from
the transponder, which delivers the message in the same transaction. In the case of air-
initiated Comm-B transfers, the transponder announces the intention to transmit a
message; in a subsequent transaction an interrogator will extract the message.
Note 2.— In a non-selective air-initiated Comm-B protocol all transactions necessary
can be controlled by any interrogator.
Note 3.— In some areas of overlapping interrogator coverage there may be no means for
coordinating interrogator activities via ground communications. Air-initiated Comm-B
communications protocols require more than one transaction for completion. Provision
is made to ensure that a Comm-B message is closed out only by the interrogator that
actually transferred the message. This can be accomplished through the use of the
multisite Comm-B communications protocols or through the use of the enhanced Comm-
B communications protocols.
Note 4.— The multisite and the non-selective communications protocols cannot be used
simultaneously in a region of overlapping interrogator coverage unless the interrogators
coordinate their communications activities via ground communications.

Note 5.— The multisite communications protocol is independent of the multisite lockout
protocol. That is, the multisite communications protocol may be used with the non-
selective lockout protocol and vice versa. The choice of lockout and communications
protocols to be used depends upon the network management technique being used.
Note 6.— The broadcast Comm-B protocol can be used to make a message available to
all active interrogators.
1.6.11.1Comm-A. The interrogator shall deliver a Comm-A message in the MA field of
an interrogation UF = 20 or 21.
1.6.11.1.1Comm-A technical acknowledgement. Acceptance of a Comm-A interrogation
shall be automatically technically acknowledged by the transponder, by the transmission
of the requested reply (1.6.10.5.2.2.1).
Note.— The receipt of a reply from the transponder according to the rules of 1.4.1.2.3 d)
and 1.4.1.3.2.2.2 is the acknowledgement to the interrogator that the interrogation has
been accepted by the transponder. If either uplink or downlink fail, this reply will be
missing and the interrogator will normally send the message again. In the case of
downlink failure, the transponder may receive the message more than once.

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1601
1.6.11.1.2Comm-A broadcast. If a Comm-A broadcast interrogation is accepted
(1.4.1.2.3.1.3) information transfer shall be handled according to 1.10.5.2.1.1 but other
transponder functions shall not be affected and a reply shall not be transmitted.
Note 1.— There is no technical acknowledgement to a Comm-A broadcast message.
Note 2.— Since the transponder does not process the control fields of a Comm-A
broadcast interrogation, the 27 bits following the UF field are also available for user
data.
1.6.11.2Ground-initiated Comm-B
1.6.11.2.1Comm-B data selector, BDS. The 8-bit BDS code shall determine the register
whose contents shall be transferred in the MB field of the Comm-B reply. It shall be
expressed in two groups of 4 bits each, BDS1 (most significant 4 bits) and BDS2 (least
significant 4 bits).
Note.— The transponder register allocation is specified in ANS Technical Standards,
Part II , Volume III, Part I, Chapter 5, Table 5-24.
1.6.11.2.2BDS1 code. The BDS1 code shall be as defined in the RR field of a
surveillance or CommA interrogation.
1.6.11.2.3BDS2 code. The BDS2 code shall be as defined in the RRS subfield of the SD
field (1.6.1.4.1) when DI = 7. If no BDS2 code is specified (i.e. DI is not equal to 7) it
shall signify that BDS2 = 0.
1.6.11.2.4Protocol. On receipt of such a request, the MB field of the reply shall contain
the contents of the requested ground-initiated Comm-B register.
1.6.11.2.4.1 If the requested register is not serviced by the aircraft installation, the
transponder shall reply and the MB field of the reply shall contain all ZEROs.
1.6.11.2.5 Overlay control. If the “DI” code of the Comm-B requesting interrogation is 0,
3 or 7, the “SD” contains the overlay control (OVC) field;
a) If the “OVC” is equal to “1,” then the reply to the interrogation shall contain the
“DP” (data parity) field; and
b) If the “OVC” is equal to “0,” then the reply to the interrogation shall contain the
“AP” field
1.6.11.3Air-initiated Comm-B

1.6.11.3.1General protocol. The transponder shall announce the presence of an air-

initiated Comm-B message with the insertion of code 1 in the DR field. To extract an air-
initiated Comm-B message, the interrogator shall transmit a request for a Comm-B
message reply in a subsequent interrogation with RR equal to 16 and, if DI equals 7, RRS
must be equal to 0 (1.6.11.3.2.1 and 1.6.11.3.3.1). Receipt of this request code shall cause
the transponder to transmit the air-initiated CommB message. If a command to transmit
an air-initiated Comm-B message is received while no message is waiting to be
transmitted, the reply shall contain all ZEROs in the MB field. The reply that delivers the
message shall continue to contain code 1 in the DR field. After a Comm-B closeout has
been accomplished, the message shall be cancelled and the DR code belonging to this
message immediately removed. If another air-initiated Comm-B message is waiting to be
transmitted, the transponder shall set the DR code to 1, so that the reply contains the
announcement of this next message.

 
1602 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
Note.— The announcement and cancellation protocol ensures that an air-initiated
message will not be lost due to uplink or downlink failures that occur during the delivery
process.
1.6.11.3.2 Additional protocol for multisite air-initiated Comm-B
Note.— The announcement of an air-initiated Comm-B message waiting to be delivered
may be accompanied by a multisite reservation status report in the UM field (1.6.5.3.2).
An interrogator shall not attempt to extract a message if it has determined that it is not the
reserved site.
1.6.11.3.2.1Message transfer. An interrogator shall request a Comm-B reservation and
extract an airinitiated
Comm-B message by transmitting a surveillance or Comm-A interrogation UF equals 4,
5, 20 or 21 containing:
RR = 16
DI = 1
IIS = assigned interrogator identifier
MBS = 1 (Comm-B reservation request)
Note.— A Comm-B multisite reservation request is normally accompanied by a Comm-B
reservation status request (RSS = 1). This causes the interrogator identifier of the
reserved site to be inserted in the UM field of the reply.
1.6.11.3.2.1.1Protocol procedure in response to this interrogation shall depend upon the
state of the B-timer which indicates if a Comm-B reservation is active. This timer shall
run for TR seconds.
Note 1.— The value of TR is given in 1.10.3.9.
a) if the B-timer is not running, the transponder shall grant a reservation to the
requesting interrogator
by;
1. storing the IIS of the interrogation as the Comm-B II; and
2. starting the B-timer.
A multisite Comm-B reservation shall not be granted by the transponder unless an air-
initiated CommB message is waiting to be transmitted and the requesting interrogation
contains RR equals 16, DI equals 1, MBS equals 1 and IIS is not 0.
b) If the B-timer is running and the IIS of the interrogation equals the Comm-B II,
the transponder shall restart the B-timer;
c) If the B-timer is running and the IIS of the interrogation does not equal the
Comm-B II, then there shall be no change to the Comm-B II or the B-timer.
Note 2.— In case c) the reservation request has been denied.
1.6.11.3.2.1.2 In each case the transponder shall reply with the Comm-B message in the
MB field.
1.6.11.3.2.1.3An interrogator shall determine if it is the reserved site for this message
through coding in the UM field. If it is the reserved site it shall attempt to close out the
message in a subsequent interrogation. If it is not the reserved site it shall not attempt to
close out the message.

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1603
1.6.11.3.2.2Multisite-directed Comm-B transmissions. To direct an air-initiated Comm-B
message to a specific interrogator, the multisite Comm-B protocol shall be used. When
the B-timer is not running, the interrogator identifier of the desired destination shall be
stored as the
Comm-B II. Simultaneously the B-timer shall be started and the DR code shall be set to
1.
For a multisite-directed Comm-B message, the B-timer shall not automatically time out
but shall continue to run until:
a) the message is read and closed out by the reserved site; or
b) the message is cancelled (1.10.5.4) by the data link avionics.
Note.— The protocols of 1.6.5.3 and 1.6.11.3.2.1 will then result in delivery of the
message to the reserved site. The data link avionics may cancel the message if delivery to
the reserved site cannot be accomplished.
1.6.11.3.2.3Multisite Comm-B closeout. The interrogator shall close out a multisite air-
initiated CommB by transmitting either a surveillance or a Comm-A interrogation
containing:
eitherDI = 1
IIS = assigned interrogator identifier
MBS = 2 (Comm-B closeout)
orDI = 0, 1 or 7
IIS = assigned interrogator identifier
PC = 4 (Comm-B closeout)
The transponder shall compare the IIS of the interrogation to the Comm-B II and if the
interrogator identifiers do not match, the message shall not be cleared and the status of
the Comm-B II, B-timer, and DR code shall not be changed. If the interrogator identifiers
match, the transponder shall set the CommB II to 0, reset the B-timer, clear the DR code
for this message and clear the message itself. The transponder shall not close out a
multisite air-initiated Comm-B message unless it has been read out at least once by the
reserved site.
1.6.11.3.2.4Automatic expiration of Comm-B reservation. If the B-timer period expires
before a multisite closeout has been accomplished, the Comm-B II shall be set to 0 and
the B-timer reset. The Comm-B message and the DR field shall not be cleared by the
transponder.
Note.— This makes it possible for another site to read and clear this message.
1.6.11.3.3Additional protocol for non-selective air-initiated Comm-B
Note.— In cases where the multisite protocols are not required (i.e. no overlapping
coverage or sensor coordination via ground-to-ground communication), the non-
selective air-initiated Comm-B protocol may be used.
1.6.11.3.3.1Message transfer. The interrogator shall extract the message by transmitting
either RR equals 16 and DI is not equal to 7, or RR equals 16, DI equals 7 and RRS
equals 0 in a surveillance or Comm-A interrogation.
1.6.11.3.3.2Comm-B closeout. The interrogator shall close out a non-selective air-
initiated Comm-B message by transmitting PC equals 4 (Comm-B closeout). On receipt

 
1604 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
of this command, the transponder shall perform closeout, unless the B-timer is running. If
the B-timer is running, indicating that a multisite reservation is in effect, closeout shall be
accomplished as per 1.6.11.3.2.3. The transponder shall not close out a non-selective air-
initiated Comm-B message unless it has been read out at least once by an interrogation
using non-selective protocols.
1.6.11.3.4Enhanced air-initiated Comm-B protocol
Note.— The enhanced air-initiated Comm-B protocol provides a higher data link
capacity by permitting parallel delivery of air-initiated Comm-B messages by up to
sixteen interrogators, one for each II code. Operation without the need for multisite
Comm-B reservations is possible in regions of overlapping coverage for interrogators
equipped for the enhanced air-initiated Comm-B protocol. The protocol is fully
conformant to the standard multisite protocol and thus is compatible with interrogators
that are not equipped for the enhanced protocol.
1.6.11.3.4.1The transponder shall be capable of storing each of the sixteen II codes;
(1)an air-initiated or multisite-directed Comm-B message and (2) the contents of GICB
registers 2 through 4.
Note.— GICB registers 2 through 4 are used for the Comm-B linking protocol defined in
the Mode S sub-network SARPs
1.6.11.3.4.2Enhanced multisite air-initiated Comm-B protocol
1.6.11.3.4.2.1Initiation. An air-initiated Comm-B message input into the transponder
shall be stored in the registers assigned to II = 0.
1.6.11.3.4.2.2Announcement and extraction. A waiting air-initiated Comm-B message
shall be announced in the DR field of the replies to all interrogators for which a multisite
directed Comm-B message is not waiting. The UM field of the announcement reply shall
indicate that the message is not reserved for any II code, i.e. the IIS subfield shall be set
to 0. When a command to read this message is received from a given interrogator, the
reply containing the message shall contain an IIS subfield content indicating that the
message is reserved for the II code contained in the interrogation from that interrogator.
After readout and until closeout, the message shall continue to be assigned to that II code.
Once a message is assigned to a specific II code, announcement of this message shall be
no longer made in the replies to interrogators with other II codes. If the message is not
closed out by the assigned interrogator for the period of the B-timer, the message shall
revert back to multisite air-initiated status and the process shall repeat. Only one multisite
air-initiated Comm-B message shall be in process at a time.
1.6.11.3.4.2.3 Closeout. A closeout for a multisite air-initiated message shall only be
accepted from the interrogator that is currently assigned to transfer the message.
1.6.11.3.4.2.4Announcement of the next message waiting. The DR field shall indicate a
message waiting in the reply to an interrogation containing a Comm-B closeout if an
unassigned air-initiated message is waiting and has not been assigned to a II code, or if a
multi-sitedirected message is waiting for that II code (1.6.11.3.4.3).
1.6.11.3.4.3Enhanced multisite directed Comm-B protocol
1.6.11.3.4.3.1Initiation.When a multisite directed message is input into the transponder, it
shall be placed in the Comm-B registers assigned to the II code specified for the message.
If the registers for this II code are already occupied, (i.e. a multisite directed message is

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1605
already in process to this II code) the new message shall be queued until the current
transaction with that II code is closed out.
1.6.11.3.4.3.2Announcement. Announcement of a Comm-B message waiting transfer
shall be made using the DR field as specified in 1.6.5.2 with the destination interrogator
II code contained in the IIS subfield as specified in 1.6.5.3.2. The DR field and IIS
subfield contents shall be set specifically for the interrogator that is to receive the reply.
A waiting multisite directed message shall only be announced in the replies to the
intended interrogator. It shall not be announced in the replies to other interrogators.
Note 1.— If a multisite-directed message is waiting for II = 2, the surveillance replies to
that interrogator will contain DR = 1 and IIS = 2. If this is the only message in process,
replies to all other interrogators will indicate that no message is waiting.
Note 2.— In addition to permitting parallel operation, this form of announcement enables
a greater degree of announcement of downlink ELMs. The announcements for the
downlink ELM and the CommB share the DR field. Only one announcement can take
place at a time due to coding limitations. In case both a Comm-B and a downlink ELM
are waiting, announcement preference is given to the Comm-B. In the example above, if
an air-directed Comm-B was waiting for II = 2 and a multisite-directed downlink ELM
was waiting for II = 6, both interrogators would see their respective announcements on
the first scan since there would be no Comm-B announcement to II = 6 to block the
announcement of the waiting downlink ELM.
1.6.11.3.4.3.3Closeout. Closeout shall be accomplished as specified in 1.6.11.3.2.3.
1.6.11.3.4.3.4Announcement of the next message waiting. The DR field shall indicate a
message waiting in the reply to an interrogation containing a Comm-B closeout if another
multisite directed message is waiting for that II code, or if an air-initiated message is
waiting and has not been assigned to a II code.
1.6.11.3.4.4Enhanced non-selective Comm-B protocol. The availability of a non-selective
Comm-B message shall be announced to all interrogators. Otherwise, the protocol shall
be as specified in 1.6.11.3.3.
1.6.11.4Comm-B broadcast
Note 1.— A Comm-B message may be broadcast to all active interrogators within range.
Messages are alternately numbered 1 and 2 and are self-cancelling after 18 seconds.
Interrogators have no means to cancel Comm-B broadcast messages.
Note 2.— Use of the Comm-B broadcast is restricted to transmission of information
which does not require a subsequent ground-initiated uplink response.
Note 3.— The timer used for the Comm-B broadcast cycle is the same as that used for the
Comm-B multisite protocol.
Note 4.— Data formats for Comm-B broadcast are specified in the Technical Provisions
for Mode S Services and Extended Squitter ( ICAO Doc 9871).
1.6.11.4.1Initiation.
1.6.11.4.1.1A Comm-B broadcast cycle shall begin with:
a) the; loading of the broadcast message into the Comm-B buffer;
b) the starting of the B-timer-for the current Comm-B message; and
Note.— If there is more than one Comm-B message waiting for transmission, the timer is
only started once the message becomes the current Comm-B broadcast.

 
1606 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
a) the selection of DR code 4 or 5, (1.6.5.2) for insertion into future replies with
DF 4, 5, 20 or 21 when ACAS information is not available, or DR code 6 or 7 when
ACAS information is available.
1.6.11.4.1.2The DR field shall be changed to the next value each time a new Comm-B
broadcast message is initiated by the transponder.
Note.— The change of the DR value is used by the interrogator to detect that a new
CommB broadcast message is announced and to extract the new Comm-B message.
1.6.11.4.1.3 AComm-B broadcast cycle shall not be initiated when an air-initiated
Comm-B message is waiting to be transmitted.
1.6.11.4.1.4 A new Comm-B broadcast cycle shall not interrupt a current Comm-B
broadcast cycle.

1.6.11.4.2Extraction. To extract the broadcast message, an interrogator shall transmit RR

equals 16 and DI not equal to 3 or 7 or RR equals 16 and DI equals 3 or 7 with RRS
equals 0 in a subsequent interrogation
1.6.11.4.3Expiration. When the B-timer period expires, the transponder shall clear the
DR code for this message, discard the present broadcast message and change the
broadcast message number (from 1 to 2 or 2 to 1) in preparation for a subsequent Comm-
B broadcast.
1.6.11.4.4Interruption. In order to prevent a Comm-B broadcast cycle from delaying the
delivery of an air-initiated Comm-B message, provision shall be made for an air-initiated
Comm-B to interrupt a Comm-B broadcast cycle. If a broadcast cycle is interrupted, the
B-timer shall be reset, the interrupted broadcast message shall be retained and the
message number shall not be changed. Delivery of the interrupted broadcast message
shall recommence when no air-initiated Comm-B transaction is in effect. The message
shall then be broadcast for the full duration of the B-timer.
1.6.11.4.5Enhanced broadcast Comm-B protocol. A broadcast Comm-B message shall be
announced to all interrogators using II codes. The message shall remain active for the
period of the Btimer for each II code. The provision for interruption of a broadcast by
non-broadcast Comm-B as specified in 1.6.11.4.4 shall apply separately to each II code.
When the B-timer period has been achieved for all II codes, the broadcast message shall
be automatically cleared as specified in 1.6.11.4.3. A new broadcast message shall not be
initiated until the current broadcast has been cleared.
Note.— Due to the fact that broadcast message interruption occurs independently for
each II code, it is possible that the broadcast message timeout will occur at different
times for different II codes.
1.6.11.4.6Management of Comm-B messages waiting for transmission. If the content of a
waiting Comm-B broadcast message is updated, only the most recent value for each
downlink broadcast identifier shall be retained and broadcast once the current Comm-B
broadcast is finished.
Note.— Downlink broadcast identifiers are defined in the Manual on Technical
Provisions for Mode S Services and Extended Squitter (ICAO Doc 9871).
1.7 EXTENDED LENGTH COMMUNICATION TRANSACTIONS
Note 1.— Long messages, either on the uplink or the downlink, can be transferred by the
extended length message (ELM) protocols through the use of Comm-C (UF = 24) and

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1607
Comm-D (DF = 24) formats respectively. The ELM uplink protocol provides for the
transmission on the uplink of up to sixteen 80-bit message segments before requiring a
reply from the transponder. They also allow a corresponding procedure on the downlink.
Note 2.— In some areas of overlapping interrogator coverage there may be no means for
coordinating interrogator activities via ground communications. However, the ELM
communication protocols require more than one transaction for completion;
coordination is thus necessary to ensure that segments from different messages are not
interleaved and that transactions are not inadvertently closed out by the wrong
interrogator. This can be accomplished through the use of the multisite communications
protocols or through the use of the enhanced ELM protocols.
Note 3.— Downlink extended length messages are transmitted only after authorization by
the interrogator. The segments to be transmitted are contained in Comm-D replies. As
with air-initiated Comm-B messages, downlink ELMs are either announced to all
interrogators or directed to a specific interrogator. In the former case an individual
interrogator can use the multisite protocol to reserve for itself the ability to close out the
downlink ELM transaction. A transponder can be instructed to identify the interrogator
that has reserved the transponder for an ELM transaction. Only that interrogator can
close out the ELM transaction and reservation.
Note 4.— The multisite protocol and the non-selective protocol cannot be used
simultaneously in a region of overlapping interrogator coverage unless the interrogators
coordinate their communications activities via ground communications.
1.7.1COMM-C, UPLINK FORMAT 24

The format of this interrogation shall consist of these fields:

Field Reference

UF uplink format 1.3.2.1.1

RC reply control 1.7.1.1
NC number of C-segment 1.7.1.2
MC message, Comm-C 1.7.1.3
Address/parity 1.3.2.1.3

1.7.1.1RC: Reply control. This 2-bit (3-4) uplink field shall designate segment
significance and reply decision. Coding
RC = 0 signifies uplink ELM initial segment in
MC = 1 signifies uplink ELM intermediate segment in
MC = 2 signifies uplink ELM final segment in
MC = 3 signifies a request for downlink ELM delivery (1.7.7.2)

 
1608 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
1.7.1.2 NC: Number of C-segment. This 4-bit (5-8) uplink field shall designate the
number of the message segment contained in MC (1.7.4.2.1). NC shall be coded as a
binary number.
1.7.1.3MC: Message, Comm-C. This 80-bit (9-88) uplink field shall contain;
b) one of the segments of a sequence used to transmit an uplink ELM to the
transponder containing the 4-bit (9-12) IIS subfield; or
c) control codes for a downlink ELM, the 16-bit (9-24) SRS subfield (1.7.7.2.1)
and the 4-bit (25-28) IIS subfield.
Note.— Message content and codes are not included in this chapter except for 1.7.7.2.1.
1.7.2INTERROGATION-REPLY PROTOCOL FOR UF24
Note.— Interrogation-reply coordination for the above format follows the protocol
outlined in Table 17 in the First Schedule (1.4.1.3.2.2).
1.7.3COMM-D, DOWNLINK FORMAT 24

The format of this reply shall consist of these fields:

Field Reference

DF downlink format 1.3.2.1.2

Spare- 1 bit
KE control ELM 1.7.3.1
ND number of D-segment 1.7.3.2
MD message, Comm-D 1.7.3.3
Address/parity 1.3.2.1.3

1.7.3.1KE: Control, ELM. This 1-bit (4) downlink field shall define the content of the ND
and MD fields.
Coding
KE = 0 signifies downlink ELM transmission
1 signifies uplink ELM acknowledgement
1.7.3.2ND: Number of D-segment. This 4-bit (5-8) downlink field shall designate the
number of the message segment contained in MD (1.7.7.2). ND shall be coded as a
binary number.
1.7.3.3MD: Message, Comm-D. This 80-bit (9-88) downlink field shall contain:
a) one of the segments of a sequence used to transmit a downlink ELM to the
interrogator; or
b) control codes for an uplink ELM.

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1609
1.7.4MULTISITE UPLINK ELM PROTOCOL
1.7.4.1Multisite uplink ELM reservation. An interrogator shall request a reservation for
an uplink ELM by transmitting a surveillance or Comm-A interrogation containing;
DI =1
IIS = assigned interrogator identifier
MES = 1 or 5 (uplink ELM reservation request)
Note.— A multisite uplink ELM reservation request is normally accompanied by an
uplink ELM reservation status request (RSS = 2). This causes the interrogator identifier
of the reserved site to be inserted in the UM field of the reply.
1.7.4.1.1 Protocol procedure in response to this interrogation shall depend upon the state
of the Ctimer which indicates if an uplink ELM reservation is active. This timer shall run
for TR seconds.
Note 1.— The value of TR is given in 1.10.3.9.
a) if the C-timer is not running, the transponder shall grant a reservation to the
requesting interrogator by:
1. storing the IIS of the interrogation as the Comm-C II and,
2. starting the C-timer.
b) If the C-timer is running and the IIS of the interrogation equals the Comm-C II,
the transponder shall restart the C-timer.
c) If the C-timer is running and the IIS of the interrogation does not equal the
Comm-C II, there shall be no change to the Comm-C II or the C-timer.
Note 2.— In case c) the reservation request has been denied.
1.7.4.1.2An interrogator shall not start ELM activity unless, during the same scan, having
requested an uplink ELM status report, it has received its own interrogator identifier as
the reserved interrogator for uplink ELM in the UM field.
Note.— If ELM activity is not started during the same scan as the reservation, a new
reservation request may be made during the next scan.
1.7.4.1.3If uplink ELM delivery is not completed on the current scan, the interrogator
shall ensure that it still has a reservation before delivering additional segments on a
subsequent scan.
1.7.4.2Multisite uplink ELM delivery. The minimum length of an uplink ELM shall be 2
segments, the maximum length shall be 16 segments.
1.7.4.2.1Initial segment transfer. The interrogator shall begin the ELM uplink delivery
for a segment message (NC values from 0 to n-1) by a Comm-C transmission containing
RC equals 0. The message segment transmitted in the MC field shall be the last segment
of the message and shall carry NC equals n-1. On receipt of an initializing segment (RC =
0) the transponder shall establish a “setup” defined as;
a) clearing the number and content of previous segment storage registers and the
associated TAS field;
b) assigning storage space for the number of segments announced in NC of this
interrogation; and
c) storing the MC field of the segment received.

 
1610 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
The transponder shall not reply to this interrogation. Receipt of another initializing
segment shall result in a new setup within the transponder.
1.7.4.2.2Transmission acknowledgement. The transponder shall use the TAS subfield to
report the segments received so far in an uplink ELM sequence. The information
contained in the TAS subfield shall be continually updated by the transponder as
segments are received.
Note.— Segments lost in uplink transmission are noted by their absence in the TAS report
and are retransmitted by the interrogator which will then send further final segments to
assess the extent of message completion.
1.7.4.2.2.1TAS, transmission acknowledgement subfield in MD. This 16-bit (17-32)
downlink subfield in MD reports the segment numbers received so far in an uplink ELM
sequence. Starting with bit 17, which denotes segment number 0, each of the following
bits shall be set to ONE if the corresponding segment of the sequence has been received.
TAS shall appear in MD if KE equals 1 in the same reply.
1.7.4.2.3Intermediate segment transfer. The interrogator shall transfer intermediate
segments by transmitting Comm-C interrogations with RC equals 1. The transponder
shall store the segments and update TAS only if the setup of 1.7.4.2.1 is in effect and if
the received NC is smaller than the value stored at receipt of the initial segment. No reply
shall be generated on receipt of an intermediate segment.
Note.— Intermediate segments may be transmitted in any order.
1.7.4.2.4Final segment transfer. The interrogator shall transfer a final segment by
transmitting a Comm-C interrogation with RC equals 2. The transponder shall store the
content of the MC field and update TAS if the setup of 1.7.4.2.1 is in effect and if the
received NC is smaller than the value of the initial segment NC. The transponder shall
reply under all circumstances as per 1.7.4.2.5.
Note 1.— This final segment transfer interrogation can contain any message segment.
Note 2.— RC equals 2 is transmitted any time that the interrogator wants to receive the
TAS subfield in the reply. Therefore, more than one “final” segment may be transferred
during the delivery of an uplink ELM.
1.7.4.2.5Acknowledgement reply. On receipt of a final segment, the transponder shall
transmit a Comm-D reply (DF = 24), with KE equals 1 and with the TAS subfield in the
MD field. This reply shall be transmitted at 128 microseconds plus or minus 0.25
microseconds following the sync phase reversal of the interrogation delivering the final
segment.
1.7.4.2.6Completed message. The transponder shall deem the message complete if all
segments announced by NC in the initializing segment have been received. If the
message is complete, the message content shall be delivered to the outside via the ELM
interface of 1.10.5.2.1.3 and cleared. No later-arriving segments shall be stored. The TAS
content shall remain unchanged until either a new setup is called for (1.7.4.2.1) or until
closeout (1.7.4.2.8).
1.7.4.2.7C-timer restart. The C-timer shall be restarted each time that a received segment
is stored and the Comm-C II is not 0.
Note.— The requirement for the Comm-C II to be non-zero prevents the C-timer from
being restarted during a non-selective uplink ELM transaction.

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1611
1.7.4.2.8Multisite uplink ELM closeout. The interrogator shall close out a multisite uplink
ELM by transmitting either a surveillance or a Comm-A interrogation containingeither
DI = 1
IIS = assigned interrogator identifier
MES = 2, 6 or 7 (uplink ELM closeout) or DI = 0, 1 or 7
IIS = assigned interrogator identifier
PC = 5 (uplink ELM closeout)
The transponder shall compare the IIS of the interrogation to the Comm-C II and if the
interrogator identifiers do not match, the state of the ELM uplink process shall not be
changed. If the interrogator identifiers match, the transponder shall set the Comm-C II to
0, reset the C-timer, clear the stored TAS and discard any stored segments of an
incomplete message.
1.7.4.2.9Automatic multisite uplink ELM closeout. If the C-timer period expires before a
multisite closeout has been accomplished the closeout actions described in 1.7.4.2.8 shall
be initiated automatically by the transponder.
1.7.5NON-SELECTIVE UPLINK ELM
Note.— In cases where the multisite protocols are not required (for example, no
overlapping coverage or sensor coordination via ground-to-ground communication), the
non-selective uplink ELM protocol may be used.
Non-selective uplink ELM delivery shall take place as for multisite uplink ELMs
described in 1.7.4.2. The interrogator shall close out an uplink ELM by transmitting PC
equals 5 (uplink ELM closeout) in a surveillance or Comm-A interrogation. On receipt of
this command, the transponder shall perform closeout, unless the C-timer is running. If
the C-timer is running, indicating that a multisite reservation is in effect, the closeout
shall be accomplished as per 1.7.4.2.8. An uncompleted message, present when the
closeout is accepted, shall be cancelled.

1.7.6ENHANCED UPLINK ELM PROTOCOL

Note.— The enhanced uplink ELM protocol provides a higher data link capacity by
permitting parallel delivery of uplink ELM messages by up to sixteen interrogators, one
for each II code. Operation without the need for multisite uplink ELM reservations is
possible in regions of overlapping coverage for interrogators equipped for the enhanced
uplink ELM protocol. The protocol is fully conformant to the standard multisite protocol
and thus is compatible with interrogators that are not equipped for the enhanced
protocol.
1.7.6.1 General
1.7.6.1.1The interrogator shall determine from the data link capability report whether the
transponder supports the enhanced protocols. If the enhanced protocols are not supported
by both the interrogator and the transponder, the multisite reservation protocols specified
in 1.7.4.1 shall be used.
Note.— If the enhanced protocols are supported, uplink ELMs delivered using the
multisite protocol may be delivered without a prior reservation.
1.7.6.1.2If the transponder and the interrogator are equipped for the enhanced protocol,
the interrogator shall use the enhanced uplink protocol.

 
1612 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
1.7.6.1.3The transponder shall be capable of storing a sixteen segment message for each
of the sixteen II codes.
1.7.6.2Reservation processing. The transponder shall support reservation processing for
each II code as specified in 1.7.4.1
Note 1.— Reservation processing is required for interrogators that do not support the
enhanced protocol.
Note 2.— Since the transponder can process simultaneous uplink ELMs for all sixteen II
codes, a reservation will always be granted.
1.7.6.3Enhanced uplink ELM delivery and closeout. The transponder shall process
received segments separately by II code. For each value of II code, uplink ELM delivery
and closeout shall be performed as specified in 1.7.4.2 except that the MD field used to
transmit the technical acknowledgment shall also contain the 4-bit (33-36) IIS subfield.
Note.— The interrogator may use the II code contained in the technical
acknowledgement in order to verify that it has received the correct technical
acknowledgement.
1.7.7MULTISITE DOWNLINK ELM PROTOCOL
1.7.7.1Initialization. The transponder shall announce the presence of a downlink ELM of
n segments by making the binary code corresponding to the decimal value 15 + n
available for insertion in the DR field of a surveillance or Comm-B reply, DF equals 4, 5,
20, 21. This announcement shall remain active until the ELM is closed out (1.7.7.3,
1.7.8.1).
1.7.7.1.1Multisite downlink ELM reservation. An interrogator shall request a reservation
for extraction of a downlink ELM by transmitting a surveillance or Comm-A
interrogation containing:
DI =1
IIS = assigned interrogator identifier
MES = 3 or 6 (downlink ELM reservation request)
Note.— A multisite downlink ELM reservation request is normally accompanied by a
downlink ELM reservation status request (RSS = 3). This causes the interrogator
identifier of the reserved interrogator to be inserted in the UM field of the reply.

1.7.7.1.1.1 Protocol procedure in response to this interrogation shall depend upon the
state of the Dtimer which indicates if a downlink ELM reservation is active. This timer
shall run for TR seconds;
Note 1.— The value of TR is given in 1.10.3.9.
a) if the D-timer is not running, the transponder shall grant a reservation to the
requesting interrogator
by;
1. storing the IIS of the interrogation as the Comm-D II; and 2) starting the D-
timer.
A multisite downlink ELM reservation shall not be granted by the transponder unless a
downlink ELM is waiting to be transmitted.

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1613
b) if the D-timer is running and the IIS of the interrogation equals the Comm-D II,
the transponder shall restart the D-timer; and
c) ifthe D-timer is running and the IIS of the interrogation does not equal the
Comm-D II, there shall be no change to the Comm-D II or D-timer.
Note 2.— In case c) the reservation request has been denied.
1.7.7.1.1.2An interrogator shall determine if it is the reserved site through coding in the
UM field and, if so, it is authorized to request delivery of the downlink ELM. Otherwise,
ELM activity shall not be started during this scan.
Note.— If the interrogator is not the reserved site, a new reservation request may be
made during the next scan.
1.7.7.1.1.3 If downlink ELM activity is not completed on the current scan, the
interrogator shall ensure that it still has a reservation before requesting additional
segments on a subsequent scan.
1.7.7.1.2Multisite-directed downlink ELM transmissions. To direct a downlink ELM
message to a specific interrogator, the multisite downlink ELM protocol shall be used.
When the D-timer is not running, the interrogator identifier of the desired destination
shall be stored as the Comm-D II. Simultaneously, the D-timer shall be started and the
DR code (1.7.7.1) shall be set. For a multisite-directed downlink ELM, the D-timer shall
not automatically time out but shall continue to run until;
a) the message is read and closed out by the reserved site; or
b) the message is cancelled (1.10.5.4) by the data link avionics.
Note.— The protocols of 1.7.7.1 will then result in the delivery of the message to the
reserved site. The data link avionics may cancel the message if delivery to the reserved
site cannot be accomplished.
1.7.7.2Delivery of downlink ELMs. The interrogator shall extract a downlink ELM by
transmitting a Comm-C interrogation with RC equals 3. This interrogation shall carry the
SRS subfield which specifies the segments to be transmitted. On receipt of this request,
the transponder shall transfer the requested segments by means of Comm-D replies with
KE equals 0 and ND corresponding to the number of the segment in MD. The first
segment shall be transmitted 128 microseconds plus or minus 0.25 microseconds
following the sync phase reversal of the interrogation requesting delivery and subsequent
segments shall be transmitted at a rate of one every 136 microseconds plus or minus 1
microsecond. If a request is received to transmit downlink ELM segments and no
message is waiting, each reply segment shall contain all ZEROs in the MD field.
Note 1.— The requested segments may be transmitted in any order.
Note 2.— Segments lost in downlink transmissions will be requested again by the
interrogator on a subsequent interrogation carrying the SRS subfield. This process is
repeated until all segments have been transferred.
1.7.7.2.1SRS, segment request subfield in MC. This 16-bit (9-24) uplink subfield in MC
shall request the transponder to transfer downlink ELM segments. Starting with bit 9,
which denotes segment number 0, each of the following bits shall be set to ONE if the
transmission of the corresponding segment is requested. SRS shall appear in MC if RC
equals 3 in the same interrogation.
1.7.7.2.2D-timer restart. The D-timer shall be restarted each time that a request for
Comm-D segments is received if the Comm-D II is non-zero.

 
1614 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
Note.— The requirement for the Comm-D II to be non-zero prevents the D-timer from
being restarted during a non-selective downlink ELM transaction.
1.7.7.2.3 Multisite downlink ELM closeout. The interrogator shall close out a multisite
downlink ELM by transmitting either surveillance or a Comm-A interrogation
containing: either
DI = 1
IIS = assigned interrogator identifier
MES = 4, 5 or 7 (downlink ELM closeout) or
DI = 0, 1 or 7
IIS = assigned interrogator identifier
PC = 6 (downlink ELM closeout).
The transponder shall compare the IIS of the interrogation to the Comm-D II and if the
interrogator identifiers do not match, the state of the downlink process shall not be
changed. If the interrogator identifiers match, and if a request for transmission has been
complied with at least once, the transponder shall set the Comm-D II to 0, reset the D-
timer, clear the DR code for this message and clear the message itself. If another
downlink ELM is waiting to be transmitted, the transponder shall set the DR code (if no
Comm-B message is waiting to be delivered) so that the reply contains the announcement
of the next message.
1.7.7.4Automatic expiration of downlink ELM reservation. If the D-timer period expires
before a multisite closeout has been accomplished, the Comm-D II shall be set to 0, and
the D-timer reset. The message and DR code shall not be cleared.
Note.— This makes it possible for another site to read and clear this message.
1.7.8 NON-SELECTIVE DOWNLINK ELM
Note.— In cases where the multisite protocols are not required (i.e. no overlapping
coverage or sensor coordination via ground-to-ground communication), the non-
selective downlink ELM protocol may be used.
Non-selective downlink ELM delivery shall take place as described in 1.7.7.2.
1.7.8.1 Non-selective downlink ELM closeout. The interrogator shall close out a non-
selective downlink ELM by transmitting PC equals 6 (downlink ELM closeout) in a
surveillance or Comm-A interrogation. On receipt of this command, and if a request for
transmission has been complied with at least once, the transponder shall perform closeout
unless the D-timer is running. If the D-timer is running, indicating that a multisite
reservation is in effect, the closeout shall be accomplished as per 1.7.7.3.
1.7.9 ENHANCED DOWNLINK ELM PROTOCOL
Note.— The enhanced downlink ELM protocol provides a higher data link capacity by
permitting parallel delivery of downlink ELM messages by up to sixteen interrogators,
one for each II code.
Operation without the need for multisite downlink ELM reservations is possible in
regions of overlapping coverage for interrogators equipped for the enhanced downlink
ELM protocol. The protocol is fully conformant to the standard multisite protocol and
thus is compatible with interrogators that are not equipped for the enhanced protocol.

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1615

1.7.9.1General
1.7.9.1.1The interrogator shall determine from the data link capability report whether the
transponder supports the enhanced protocols. If the enhanced protocols are not supported
by both the interrogator and the transponder, the multisite reservation protocols specified
in 1.6.11 shall be used for multisite and multisite-directed downlink ELMs.
Note.— If the enhanced protocols are supported, downlink ELMs delivered using the
multisite-directed protocol can be delivered without a prior reservation.
1.7.9.1.2If the transponder and the interrogator are equipped for the enhanced protocol,
the interrogator shall use the enhanced downlink protocol.
1.7.9.2Enhanced multisite downlink ELM protocol
1.7.9.2.1The transponder shall be capable of storing a sixteen segment message for each
of the sixteen II codes.
1.7.9.2.2Initialization. A multisite message input into the transponder shall be stored in
the registers assigned to II = 0.
1.7.9.2.3Announcement and extraction. A waiting multisite downlink ELM message shall
be announced in the DR field of the replies to all interrogators for which a multisite
directed downlink ELM message is not waiting. The UM field of the announcement reply
shall indicate that the message is not reserved for any II code, i.e. the IIS subfield shall be
set to 0. When a command to reserve this message is received from a given interrogator,
the message shall be reserved for the II code contained in the interrogation from that
interrogator. After readout and until closeout, the message shall continue to be assigned
to that II code. Once a message is assigned to a specific II code, announcement of this
message shall no longer be made in the replies to interrogators with other II codes. If the
message is not closed out by the associated interrogator for the period of the D-timer, the
message shall revert back to multisite status and the process shall repeat. Only one
multisite downlink ELM message shall be in process at a time.
1.7.9.2.4Closeout. A closeout for a multisite message shall only be accepted from the
interrogator that was assigned most recently to transfer the message.
1.7.9.2.5Announcement of the next message waiting. The DR field shall indicate a
message waiting in the reply to an interrogation containing a downlink ELM closeout if
an unassigned multisite downlink ELM is waiting, or if a multisite directed message is
waiting for that II code (1.7.9.2).
1.7.9.3Enhanced multisite directed downlink ELM protocol
1.7.9.3.1InitializationWhen a multisite directed message is input into the transponder, it
shall be placed in the downlink ELM registers assigned to the II code specified for the
message. If the registers for this II code are already in use (i.e. a multisite directed
downlink ELM message is already in process for this II code), the new message shall be
queued until the current transaction with that II code is closed out.
1.7.9.3.2Announcement. Announcement of a downlink ELM message waiting transfer
shall be made using the DR field as specified in 1.7.7.1 with the destination interrogator
II code contained in the IIS subfield as specified in 1.6.5.3.2. The DR field and IIS
subfield contents shall be set specifically for the interrogator that is to receive the reply.

 
1616 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
A waiting multisite directed message shall only be announced in the replies to the
intended interrogator. It shall not be announced in replies to other interrogators.
1.7.9.3.3Delivery. An interrogator shall determine if it is the reserved site through coding
in the UM field. The delivery shall only be requested if it is the reserved site and shall be
as specified in 17.7.2. The transponder shall transmit the message contained in the buffer
associated with the II code specified in the IIS subfield of the segment request
interrogation.
1.7.9.3.4Closeout. Closeout shall be accomplished as specified in 1.7.7.3 except that a
message closeout shall only be accepted from the interrogator with a II code equal to the
one that transferred the message.
1.7.9.3.5Announcement of the next message waiting. The DR field shall indicate a
message waiting in the reply to an interrogation containing a downlink ELM closeout if
another multisite directed message is waiting for that II code, or if a downlink message is
waiting that has not been assigned a II code (1.7.9.2).
1.7.9.4Enhanced non-selective downlink ELM protocol. The availability of a non-
selective downlink ELM message shall be announced to all interrogators. Otherwise, the
protocol shall be as specified in 1.7.7.

1.8 AIR-AIR SERVICE AND SQUITTER TRANSACTIONS

Note.— Airborne collision avoidance system (ACAS) equipment uses the formats UF or
DF equals 0 or 16 for air-air surveillance.
1.8.1SHORT AIR-AIR SURVEILLANCE, UPLINK FORMAT 0

The format of this interrogation shall consist of these fields:

Field Reference

UF uplink format Spare- 3 bits 1.3.2.1.1

RL reply length Spare bits- 4 bits 1.8.1.2

AQ acquisition 1.8.1.1
DS data selector Spare- 10 bits 1.8.1.3

AP Address/parity 1.3.2.1.3
1.8.1.1 AQ: Acquisition. This 1-bit (14) uplink field shall contain a code which controls
the content of the RI field.
1.8.1.2 RL: Reply length. This 1-bit (9) uplink field shall command the format to be used
for the reply.

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1617
Coding
0 signifies a reply with DF = 0
1 signifies a reply with DF = 16
Note.— A transponder that does not support DF = 16 (i.e. transponder which does not
support the ACAS cross-link capability and is not associated with airborne collision
avoidance equipment) would not reply to a UF=0 interrogation with RL=1.
1.8.1.3 DS: Data selector. This 8-bit (15-22) uplink field shall contain the BDS code
(1.6.11.2.1) of the GICB register whose contents shall be returned to the corresponding
reply with DF = 16.

1.8.2SHORT AIR-AIR SURVEILLANCE, DOWNLINK FORMAT 0

This reply shall be sent in response to an interrogation with UF equals 0 and RL equals 0.
The format of this reply shall consist of these fields:
Field Reference

DF downlink format 1.3.2.1.2

VS vertical status 1.8.2.1
CC cross-link capability 1.8.2.3
Spare- 1 bit

SL sensitivity level, ACAS 1.1.5 Spare – 2 bits

RI reply information Spare bits- 2 bits 1.8.2.2

AC altitude code 1.6.5.4

AP Address/parity 1.3.2.1.3

1.8.2.1 VS: Vertical status: This 1-bit (6) downlink field shall indicate the status of the
aircraft (1.6.10.1.2).
Coding
0 signifies that the aircraft is airborne
1 signifies that the aircraft is on the ground
1.8.2.2 RI: Reply information, air-air. This 4-bit (14-17) downlink field shall report the
aircraft’s maximum cruising true airspeed capability and type of reply to interrogating
aircraft. The coding shall be as follows:

 
1618 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
0 signifies a reply to an air-air interrogation UF = 0 with AQ = 0, no operating ACAS
1-7 reserved for ACAS
8-15 signifies a reply to an air-air interrogation UF = 0 with AQ = 1 and that the
maximum airspeed is as follows: 8 no maximum airspeed data available
9 maximum airspeed is .LE. 140 km/h (75 kt)
10 maximum airspeed is .GT. 140 and .LE. 280 km/h (75 and 150 kt)
11 maximum airspeed is .GT. 280 and .LE. 560 km/h (150 and 300 kt)
12 maximum airspeed is .GT. 560 and .LE. 1 110 km/h (300 and 600 kt)
13 maximum airspeed is .GT. 1 110 and .LE. 2 220 km/h (600 and 1 200 kt) 14
maximum airspeed is more than 2 220 km/h (1 200 kt) 15 not assigned.
Note.— “.LE.” means “less than or equal to” and “.GT.” means “greater than”.
1.8.2.3 CC: Cross-link capability. This 1-bit (7) downlink field shall indicate the ability
of the transponder to support the cross-link capability, i.e. decode the contents of the DS
field in an interrogation with UF equals 0 and respond with the contents of the specified
GICB register in the corresponding reply with DF equals 16.
Coding
0 signifies that the transponder cannot support the cross-link capability 1 signifies that the
transponder supports the cross-link capability.
1.8.3LONG AIR-AIR SURVEILLANCE, DOWNLINK FORMAT 16

This reply shall be sent in response to an interrogation with UF equals 0 and RL equals 1.
The format of this reply shall consist of these fields:

Field Reference
DF downlink format 1.3.2.1.2
VS vertical status 1.8.2.1
Spare- 2 bits
SL sensitivity level, ACAS 1.1.5 Spare – 2 bits

RI reply information Spare bits- 2 bits 1.8.2.2

AC altitude code 1.6.5.4
MV message, ACAS 1.8.3.1
AP Address/parity 1.3.2.1.3

1.8.3.1 MV: Message, ACAS. This 56-bit (33-88) downlink field shall contain GICB
information as requested in the DS field of the UF 0 interrogation that elicited the reply.
Note.— The MV field is also used by ACAS for air-air coordination

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1619
1.8.4AIR-AIR TRANSACTION PROTOCOL
Note.— Interrogation-reply coordination for the air-air formats follows the protocol
outlined in Table 17 in the First Schedule (1.4.1.3.2.2).
The most significant bit (bit 14) of the RI field of an air-air reply shall replicate the value
of the AQ field (bit 14) received in an interrogation with UF equals 0.
If AQ equals 0 in the interrogation, the RI field of the reply shall contain the value 0.
If AQ equals 1 in the interrogation, the RI field of the reply shall contain the maximum
cruising true airspeed capability of the aircraft as defined in 1.8.2.2.
In response to a UF = 0 with RL = 1 and DS ≠ 0, the transponder shall reply with a DF =
16 reply in which the MV field shall contain the contents of the GICB register designated
by the DS value. In response to a UF = 0 with RL = 1 and DS = 0, the transponder shall
reply with a DF = 16 with an MV field of all zeros. Receipt of a UF = 0 with DS ≠ 0 but
RL = 0 shall have no associated ACAS cross-link action, and the transponder shall reply
as specified in 1.8.2.2.
1.8.5ACQUISITION SQUITTER
Note.— SSR Mode S transponders transmit acquisition squitters (unsolicited downlink
transmissions) to permit passive acquisition by interrogators with broad antenna beams,
where active acquisition may be hindered by all-call synchronous garble. Examples of
such interrogators are an airborne collision avoidance system and an airport surface
surveillance system.
1.8.5.1 Acquisition squitter format. The format used for acquisition squitter transmissions
shall be the all-call reply, (DF = 11) with II = 0.
1.8.5.2 Acquisition squitter rate. Acquisition squitter transmissions shall be emitted at
random intervals that are uniformly distributed over the range from 0.8 to 1.2 seconds
using a time quantization of no greater than 15 milliseconds relative to the previous
acquisition squitter, with the following exceptions;
a) the scheduled acquisition squitter shall be delayed if the transponder is in a
transaction cycle (1.4.1);
b) the acquisition squitter shall be delayed if an extended squitter is in process;
c) the scheduled acquisition squitter shall be delayed if a mutual suppression
interface is active (see Note 1 below); or
d) acquisition squitters shall only be transmitted on the surface if the transponder is
not reporting the surface position type of Mode S extended squitter. An acquisition
squitter shall not be interrupted by link transactions or mutual suppression activity after
the squitter transmission has begun.
Note 1.— A mutual suppression system may be used to connect onboard equipment
operating in the same frequency band in order to prevent mutual interference.
Acquisition squitter action resumes as soon as practical after a mutual suppression
interval.
Note 2.— The surface report type may be selected automatically by the aircraft or by
commands from a squitter ground station (1.8.6.7).
1.8.5.3 Acquisition squitter antenna selection. Transponders operating with antenna
diversity (1.10.4) shall transmit acquisition squitters as follows;

 
1620 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
a) when airborne (1.8.6.7), the transponder shall transmit acquisition squitters
alternately from the two antennas; and
b) when on the surface (1.8.6.7), the transponder shall transmit acquisition squitters
under control of SAS (1.6.1.4.1 f)). In the absence of any SAS commands, use of the top
antenna only shall be the default.
Note.— Acquisition squitters are not emitted on the surface if the transponder is
reporting the surface type of extended squitter (1.8.6.4.3).
1.8.6EXTENDED SQUITTER, DOWNLINK FORMAT 17

Note.— SSR Mode S transponders transmit extended squitters to support the broadcast of
aircraftderived position for surveillance purposes. The broadcast of this type of
information is a form of automatic dependent surveillance (ADS) known as ADS-
broadcast (ADS-B).
1.8.6.1 Extended squitter format. The format used for the extended squitter shall be a
112-bit downlink format
(DF = 17) containing the following fields:
Field Reference
DF downlink format 1.3.2.1.2
CA capability 1.5.2.2.1
AA address, announced 1.5.2.2.2
ME message, extended squitter 1.8.6.2
PI parity/interrogator identifier 1.3.2.1.4
1.8.6.2 ME: Message, extended squitter. This 56-bit (33-88) downlink field in DF = 17
shall be used to transmit broadcast messages. Extended squitter shall be supported by
registers 05, 06, 07, 08, 09, 0A {HEX} and 61-6F {HEX} and shall conform to either
version 0 or version 1 message formats as described below;
a) Version 0 ES message formats and related requirements are suitable for early
implementation of extended squitter applications. Surveillance quality is reported by
navigation uncertainty category (NUC), which can be an indication of either the accuracy
or integrity of the navigation data used by ADSB. However, there is no indication as to
which of these, integrity or accuracy, the NUC value is providing an indication of.
b) Version 1 ES message formats and related requirements apply to more advanced
ADS-B applications. Surveillance accuracy and integrity are reported separately as
navigation accuracy category (NAC), navigation integrity category (NIC) and
surveillance integrity level (SIL). Version 1 ES formats also include provisions for
enhanced reporting of status information.
Note 1.— The formats and update rates of each register are specified in the Technical
Provisions for Mode S Services and Extended Squitter (ICAO Doc 9871).
Note 2.— The formats for the two versions are interoperable. An extended squitter
receiver can recognize and decode both version 0 and version 1 message formats.
 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1621
Note 3.— Guidance material on transponder register formats and data sources is
included in the Technical Provisions for Mode S Services and Extended Squitter ( ICAO
Doc 9871).
1.8.6.3 Extended squitter types
1.8.6.3.1 Airborne position squitter. The airborne position extended squitter type shall
use format DF = 17 with the contents of GICB register 05 {HEX} inserted in the ME
field.
Note.— A GICB request (1.6.11.2) containing RR equals 16 and DI equals 7 and RRS
equals 5 will cause the resulting reply to contain the airborne position report in its MB
field.
1.8.6.3.1.1SSS, surveillance status subfield in ME. The transponder shall report the
surveillance status of the transponder in this 2-bit (38, 39) subfield of ME when ME
contains an airborne position squitter report.
Coding
0 signifies no status information
1 signifies transponder reporting permanent alert condition
2 signifies transponder reporting a temporary alert condition
3 signifies transponder reporting SPI condition Codes 1 and 2 shall take
precedence over code 3.
1.8.6.3.1.2 ACS, altitude code subfield in ME. Under control of ATS (1.8.6.3.1.3), the
transponder shall report either navigation-derived altitude, or the barometric altitude code
in this 12-bit (41-52) subfield of ME when ME contains an airborne position report.
When barometric altitude is reported, the contents of the ACS shall be as specified for the
13-bit AC field (1.6.5.4) except that the M-bit (bit 26) shall be omitted.
1.8.6.3.1.3 Control of ACS reporting. Transponder reporting of altitude data in ACS shall
depend on the altitude type subfield (ATS) as specified in 1.8.6.8.2. Transponder
insertion of barometric altitude data in the ACS subfield shall take place when the ATS
subfield has the value of ZERO. Transponder insertion of barometric altitude data in ACS
shall be inhibited when ATS has the value 1.
1.8.6.3.2 Surface position squitter. The surface position extended squitter type shall use
format DF = 17 with the contents of GICB register 06 {HEX} inserted in the ME field.
Note.— A GICB request containing RR equals 16 and DI equals 7 and RRS equals 6 will
cause the resulting reply to contain the surface position report in its MB field.
1.8.6.3.3 Aircraft identification squitter. The aircraft identification extended squitter type
shall use format DF = 17 with the contents of GICB register 08 {HEX} inserted in the
ME field.
Note.— A GICB request containing RR equals 16 and DI equals 7 and RRS equals 8 will
cause the resulting reply to contain the aircraft identification report in its MB field.
1.8.6.3.4 Airborne velocity squitter. The airborne velocity extended squitter type shall use
format DF = 17 with the contents of GICB register 09 {HEX} inserted in the ME field.
Note.— A GICB request containing RR equals 16 and DI equals 7 and RRS equals 9 will
cause the resulting reply to contain the airborne velocity report in its MB field.
1.8.6.3.5 Periodic status and event-driven squitters

 
1622 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
1.8.6.3.5.1 Periodic status squitter. The periodic status extended squitter types shall use
format DF = 17 to convey aircraft status and other surveillance data. The aircraft
operational status extended squitter type shall use the contents of GICB register 65
{HEX} inserted in the ME field. The target state and status extended squitter type shall
use the contents of GICB register 62 {HEX} inserted in the ME field.
Note 1.— A GICB request (1.6.11.2) containing RR equals 22 and DI equals 3 or 7 and
RRS equals 5 will cause the resulting reply to contain the aircraft operational status
message in its MB field.
Note 2.— A GICB request (1.6.11.2) containing RR equals 22 and DI equals 3 or 7 and
RRS equals 2 will cause the resulting reply to contain the target state and status
information in its MB field.
1.8.6.3.5.2 Event-driven squitter. The event-driven extended squitter type shall use
format DF = 17 with the contents of GICB register 0A {HEX} inserted in the ME field.
Note.— A GICB request (1.6.11.2) containing RR equals 16 and DI equals 3 or 7 and
RRS equals 10 will cause the resulting reply to contain the event-driven message in its
MB field.
1.8.6.4 Extended squitter rate
1.8.6.4.1 Initialization. At power up initialization, the transponder shall commence
operation in a mode in which it broadcasts only acquisition squitters (1.8.5). The
transponder shall initiate the broadcast of extended squitters for airborne position, surface
position, airborne velocity and aircraft identification when data are inserted into
transponder registers 05, 06, 09 and 08 {HEX}, respectively. This determination shall be
made individually for each squitter type. When extended squitters are broadcast,
transmission rates shall be as indicated in the following paragraphs. Acquisition squitters
shall be reported in addition to extended squitters unless the acquisition squitter is
inhibited. Acquisition squitters shall always be reported if position or velocity extended
squitters are not reported.

Note 1.— This suppresses the transmission of extended squitters from aircraft that are
unable to report position, velocity or identity. If input to the register for a squitter type
stops for 60 seconds, broadcast of that extended squitter type will be discontinued until
data insertion is resumed.
Note 2.— After timeout (1.8.6.6), this squitter type may contain an ME field of all zeroes.
1.8.6.4.2 Airborne position squitter rate. Airborne position squitter transmissions shall be
emitted when the aircraft is airborne (1.8.6.7) at random intervals that are uniformly
distributed over the range from 0.4 to 0.6 seconds using a time quantization of no greater
than 15 milliseconds relative to the previous airborne position squitter, with the
exceptions as specified in 1.8.6.4.7.
1.8.6.4.3 Surface position squitter rate. Surface position squitter transmissions shall be
emitted when the aircraft is on the surface (1.8.6.7) using one of two rates depending
upon whether the high or low squitter rate has been selected (1.8.6.9). When the high
squitter rate has been selected, surface position squitters shall be emitted at random
intervals that are uniformly distributed over the range from 0.4 to 0.6 seconds using a
time quantization of no greater than 15 milliseconds relative to the previous surface
position squitter (termed the high rate). When the low squitter rate has been selected,
surface position squitters shall be emitted at random intervals that are uniformly

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1623
distributed over the range of 4.8 to 5.2 seconds using a time quantization of no greater
than 15 milliseconds relative to the previous surface position squitter (termed the low
rate). Exceptions to these transmission rates are specified in 1.8.6.4.7.
1.8.6.4.4 Aircraft identification squitter rate. Aircraft identification squitter transmissions
shall be emitted at random intervals that are uniformly distributed over the range of 4.8 to
5.2 seconds using a time quantization of no greater than 15 milliseconds relative to the
previous identification squitter when the aircraft is reporting the airborne position squitter
type, or when the aircraft is reporting the surface position squitter type and the high
surface squitter rate has been selected. When the surface position squitter type is being
reported at the low surface rate, the aircraft identification squitter shall be emitted at
random intervals that are uniformly distributed over the range of 9.8 to 10.2 seconds
using a time quantization of no greater than 15 milliseconds relative to the previous
identification squitter. Exceptions to these transmission rates are specified in 1.8.6.4.7.
1.8.6.4.5 Airborne velocity squitter rate. Airborne velocity squitter transmissions shall be
emitted when the aircraft is airborne (1.8.6.7) at random intervals that are uniformly
distributed over the range from 0.4 to 0.6 seconds using a time quantization of no greater
than 15 milliseconds relative to the previous airborne velocity squitter, with the
exceptions as specified in 1.8.6.4.7.
1.8.6.4.6 Periodic status and event-driven squitter rates
1.8.6.4.6.1 Periodic status squitter rates. The periodic status squitter types supported by a
Mode S extended squitter transmitting system class, as specified in regulation 88(4), shall
be periodically emitted at defined intervals depending on the on-the-ground status and
whether their content has changed.
Note.— The aircraft operational status extended squitter type and the target state and
status extended squitter type rates are specified in the Technical Provisions for Mode S
Services and Extended Squitter (Doc 9871).
1.8.6.4.6.2 Event-driven squitter rate. The event-driven squitter shall be transmitted once,
each time that GICB register 0A {HEX} is loaded, while observing the delay conditions
specified in 1.8.6.4.7. The maximum transmission rate for the event-driven squitter shall
be limited by the transponder to twice per second. If a message is inserted in the event-
driven register and cannot be transmitted due to rate limiting, it shall be held and
transmitted when the rate limiting condition has cleared. If a new message is received
before transmission is permitted, it shall overwrite the earlier message.
Note.— The squitter transmission rate and the duration of squitter transmissions is
applicationdependent. Choices made for each application must take into account
interference considerations as shown in the Aeronautical Surveillance Manual (Doc
9924).
1.8.6.4.7 Delayed transmission. Extended squitter transmission shall be delayed in the
following circumstances:
a) if the transponder is in a transaction cycle (1.4.1);
b) if an acquisition or another type of extended squitter is in process; or
c) if a mutual suppression interface is active.
The delayed squitter shall be transmitted as soon as the transponder becomes available.
1.8.6.5Extended squitter antenna selection. Transponders operating with antenna
diversity (1.10.4) shall transmit extended squitters as follows:

 
1624 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
a) when airborne (1.8.6.7), the transponder shall transmit each type of extended
squitter alternately from the two antennas; and
b) when on the surface (1.8.6.7), the transponder shall transmit extended squitters
under control of SAS (1.6.1.4.1 f
In the absence of any SAS commands, use of the top antenna only shall be the default
condition.
1.8.6.6 Register time-out. The transponder shall clear all 56-bits of the airborne position,
surface position, squitter status and airborne velocity information transponder registers
05, 06, 07 and 09 {HEX} if these registers are not updated within two seconds of the
previous update. This time-out shall be determined separately for each of these registers.
Note 1.— Termination of extended squitter broadcast is specified in the Technical
Provisions for Mode S Services and Extended Squitter (Doc 9871).
Note 2.—These registers are cleared to prevent the reporting of outdated position,
velocity and squitter rate information.
1.8.6.7 Airborne/surface state determination. Aircraft with an automatic means of
determining on-theground conditions shall use this input to select whether to report the
airborne or surface message types. Aircraft without such means shall report the airborne
type messages, except as specified in Table 1-9 in the First Schedule. Use of this table
shall only be applicable to aircraft that are equipped to provide data for radio altitude
AND, as a minimum, airspeed OR ground speed. Otherwise, aircraft in the specified
categories that are only equipped to provide data for airspeed and ground speed shall
broadcast the surface format if;
airspeed< 50 knots AND ground speed < 50 knots
Aircraft with or without such automatic on-the-ground determination shall set and report
the on-theground status (and therefore broadcast the surface type format) as commanded
by control codes in TCS (1.6.1.4.1 f)). After time-out of the TCS commands, control of
airborne/surface determination shall revert to the means described above.
Note.— Extended squitter ground stations determine aircraft airborne or on-the-ground
status by monitoring aircraft position, altitude and ground speed. Aircraft determined to
be on the ground that are not reporting the on-the-ground status will be commanded to
set and report the on-the-ground status via TCS (1.6.1.4.1 f)). The normal return to
aircraft control of the vertical status is via a ground command to cancel the on-the-
ground status. To guard against loss of communications after take-off, commands to set
and report the on-the-ground status automatically time-out.
1.8.6.8 Squitter status reporting. A GICB request (1.6.11.2) containing RR equals 16 and
DI equals 7 and RRS equals 7 shall cause the resulting reply to contain the squitter status
report in its MB field.
1.8.6.8.1 TRS, transmission rate subfield in MB. The transponder shall report the
capability of the aircraft to automatically determine its surface squitter rate and its current
squitter rate in this 2-bit (33, 34) subfield of MB.
Coding
0 signifies no capability to automatically determine surface squitter rate
1 signifies that the high surface squitter rate has been selected
2 signifies that the low surface squitter rate has been selected

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1625
3 unassigned
Note 1.— High and low squitter rate is determined on board the aircraft.
Note 2.— The low rate is used when the aircraft is stationary and the high rate is used
when the aircraft is moving. For details of how “moving” is determined, see the data
format of register 0716 in the Technical Provisions for Mode S Services andExtended
Squitter (Doc 9871).
1.8.6.8.1 ATS, altitude type subfield in MB. The transponder shall report the type of
altitude being provided in the airborne position extended squitter in this 1-bit (35)
subfield of MB when the reply contains the contents of transponder register 07 {HEX}.

Coding
0 signifies that barometric altitude shall be reported in the ACS (1.8.6.3.1.2) of
transponder register 05 {HEX}.
1 signifies that navigation-derived altitude shall be reported in the
ACS(1.8.6.3.1.2) of transponder register 05 {HEX}.
Note.— Details of the contents of transponder registers 05 {HEX} and 07 {HEX} are
shown in the Technical Provisions for Mode S Services and Extended Squitter (ICAO
Doc 9871).
1.8.6.9 Surface squitter rate control. Surface squitter rate shall be determined as
follows:
a) once per second the contents of the TRS shall be read. If the value of TRS is 0
or 1, the transponder shall transmit surface squitters at the high rate. If the value of TRS
is 2, the transponder shall transmit surface squitters at the low rate;
b) the squitter rate determined via TRS shall be subject to being overridden by
commands received via RCS (1.6.1.4.1 f)). RCS code 1 shall cause the transponder to
squitter at the high rate for 60 seconds. RCS code 2 shall cause the transponder to squitter
at the low rate for 60 seconds. These commands shall be able to be refreshed for a new 60
second period before time-out of the prior period; and
c) after time-out and in the absence of RCS codes 1 and 2, control shall return to
TRS.
1.8.6.10 Latitude/longitude coding using compact position reporting (CPR).Mode S
extended squitter shall use compact position reporting (CPR) to encode latitude and
longitude efficiently into messages.
Note.— The method used to encode/decode CPR is specified in the Technical Provisions
for Mode S Services and Extended Squitter (ICAO Doc 9871).
1.8.6.11 Data insertion.When the transponder determines that it is time to emit an
airborne position squitter, it shall insert the current value of the barometric altitude
(unless inhibited by the ATS subfield, 1.8.6.8.2) and surveillance status into the
appropriate fields of register 05 {HEX}. The contents of this register shall then be
inserted into the ME field of DF = 17 and transmitted.
Note.— Insertion in this manner ensures that (1) the squitter contains the latest altitude
and surveillance status, and (2) ground read-out of register 05 {HEX} will yield exactly
the same information as the AC field of a Mode S surveillance reply.
1.8.7 EXTENDED SQUITTER/SUPPLEMENTARY, DOWNLINK FORMAT 18
 
1626 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018

Note 1.— This format supports the broadcast of extended squitter ADS-B messages by
non-transponder devices, i.e. they are not incorporated into a Mode S transponder. A
separate format is used to clearly identify this non-transponder case to prevent ACAS II
or extended squitter ground stations from attempting to interrogate these devices.
Note 2.— This format is also used for ground broadcast of ADS-B related services such
as traffic information broadcast (TIS-B).
Note 3.— The format of the DF = 18 transmission is defined by the value of the CF field.
1.8.7.1 ES supplementary format. The format used for ES supplementary shall be a 112-
bit downlink format (DF = 18) containing the following fields:

Field Reference

DF downlink format 1.3.2.1.2

CF control field 1.8.7.2
PI parity/interrogator identifier 1.3.2.1.4

1.8.7.2 Control field. This 3-bit (6-8) downlink field in DF = 18 shall be used to define
the format of the 112-bit transmission as follows.
Code 0 = ADS-B ES/NT devices that report the ICAO 24-bit address in the AA field
(1.8.7)
Code 1 = Reserved for ADS-B for ES/NT devices that use other addressing techniques
in the AA field (1.8.7.3)
Code 2 = Fine format TIS-B message
Code 3 = Coarse format TIS-B message
Code 4 = Reserved for TIS-B management messages
Code 5 = TIS-B messages that relay ADS-B messages that use other addressing
techniques in the AA field
Code 6 = ADS-B rebroadcast using the same type codes and message formats as defined
for DF = 17 ADS-B messages
Code 7 = Reserved
Note 1.— Administrations may wish to make address assignments for ES/NT devices in
addition to the 24-bit addresses allocated by ICAO (Annex 10, Volume III, Part I,
Chapter 9) in order to increase the available number of 24-bit addresses.
Note 2.— These non-ICAO 24-bit addresses are not intended for international use.
1.8.7.3 ADS-B for extended squitter/non-transponder (ES/NT) devices

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1627

1.8.7.3.1ES/NT format. The format used for ES/NT shall be a 112-bit downlink format
(DF = 18) containing the following fields:

Field Reference

DF downlink format 1.3.2.1.2

CF control field=0 1.8.7.2
AA address, announced 1.5.2.2.2
ME message, extended squitter 1.8.6.2
PI parity/interrogator identifier 1.3.2.1.4

1.8.7.3 .2 ES/NT squitter types

1.8.7.3.2.1 Airborne position squitter. The airborne position type ES/NT shall use
format DF = 18 with the format for register 05 {HEX} as defined in 1.8.6.2 inserted in
the ME field.
1.8.7.3.2.2 Surface position squitter. The surface position type ES/NT shall use format
DF = 18 with the format for register 06 {HEX} as defined in 1.8.6.2 inserted in the ME
field.
1.8.7.3.2.3 Aircraft identification squitter. The aircraft identification type ES/NT shall use
format DF = 18 with the format for register 08 {HEX} as defined in 1.8.6.2 inserted in
the ME field.
1.8.7.3.2.4 Airborne velocity squitter. The airborne velocity type ES/NT shall use format
DF = 18 with the format for register 09 {HEX} as defined in 1.8.6.2 inserted in the ME
field.
1.8.7.3.2.5 Periodic status and event-driven squitters
1.8.7.3.2.5.1 Periodic status squitters. The periodic status extended squitter types shall
use format DF = 18 to convey aircraft status and other surveillance data. The aircraft
operational status extended squitter type shall use the format of GICB register 65 {HEX}
as defined in 1.8.6.4.6.1 inserted in the ME field. The target state and status extended
squitter type shall use the format of GICB register 62 {HEX} as defined in 1.8.6.4.6.1
inserted in the ME field.
1.8.7.3.2..5.2 Event-driven squitter. The event-driven type ES/NT shall use format DF =
18 with the format for register 0A {HEX} as defined in 1.8.6.2 inserted in the ME field.
1.8.7.3.3 ES/NT squitter rate
1.8.7.3.3.1 Initialization. At power up initialization, the non-transponder device shall
commence operation in a mode in which it does not broadcast any squitters. The non-
transponder device shall initiate the broadcast of ES/NT squitters for airborne position,
surface position, airborne velocity and aircraft identification when data are available for
inclusion in the ME field of these squitter types. This determination shall be made

 
1628 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
individually for each squitter type. When ES/NT squitters are broadcast, transmission
rates shall be as indicated in 1.8.6.4.2 to 1.8.6.4.6.
Note 1.— This suppresses the transmission of extended squitters from aircraft that are
unable to report position, velocity or identity. If input to the register for squitter types
stops for 60 seconds, broadcast for this extended squitter type will cease until data
insertion resumes, except for an ES/NT device operating on the surface (as specified for
extended squitter Version 1 formats in the Technical Provisions for Mode S Services and
Extended Squitter (Doc 9871).
Note 2.— After timeout (1.8.7.6) this squitter type may contain an ME field of all zeros.
1.8.7.3.3.2 Delayed transmission. ES/NT squitter transmission shall be delayed if the
non-transponder device is busy broadcasting one of the other squitter types.
1.8.7.3.3.2.1 The delayed squitter shall be transmitted as soon as the non-transponder
device becomes available.
1.8.7.3.3.3 ES/NT antenna selection. Non-transponder devices operating with antenna
diversity (1.10.4) shall transmit ES/NT squitters as follows;
a) when airborne (1.8.6.7), the non-transponder device shall transmit each type of
ES/NT squitter alternately from the two antennas; and
b) when on the surface (1.8.6.7), the non-transponder device shall transmit ES/NT
squitters using the top antenna.
1.8.7.3.3.4 Register timeout. The non-transponder device shall clear all 56-bits of the
airborne position, surface position and velocity registers used for these messages if these
registers are not updated within two seconds of the previous update. This timeout shall be
determined separately for each of these registers.
Note 1.— The termination of an extended squitter broadcast is specified in the Technical
Provisions for Mode S Services and Extended Squitter ( ICAO Doc 9871).
Note 2.— These registers are cleared to prevent the reporting of outdated position and
velocity information.
1.8.7.3.3.5 Airborne/surface state determination. Aircraft with an automatic means of
determining the on-the-ground state shall use this input to select whether to report the
airborne or surface message types except as specified in 1.6.10.3.1 and 1.8.6.7. Aircraft
without such means shall report the airborne type message, except as specified in 1.8.6.7
1.8.7.3.3.6 Surface squitter rate control. Aircraft motion shall be determined once per
second. The surface squitter rate shall be set according to the results of this
determination.
Note.— The algorithm to determine aircraft motion is specified in the definition of
register 0716 in the Technical Provisions for Mode S Services and Extended Squitter
(ICAO Doc 9871).
1.8.7.4 Use of ES by other surveillance systems.

1.8.7.4.1 Surface system control

When a surface surveillance system uses DF=18 as part of a surveillance function, it
should not use the formats that have been allocated for the purpose of surveillance of
aircraft, vehicles and/or obstacles.

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1629
Note 1.— The formats allocated for the purpose of surveillance of aircraft, vehicles
and/or obstacles are specified in the Technical Provisions for Mode S Services and
Extended Squitter ICAO Doc 9871).
Note 2.— The transmission of any message format used for conveying position, velocity,
identification, state information, etc., may result in the initiation and maintenance of
false tracks in other 1090ES receivers. The use of these messages for this purpose may be
prohibited in the future.
1.8.7.4.2 Surface system status-The surface system status message type (Type Code=24)
should be the only message used to provide the status or synchronization of surface
surveillance systems.
Note.— The surface system status message is specified in the Technical Provisions for
Mode S Services and Extended Squitter (ICAO Doc 9871). This message will be used
only by the surface surveillance system that generated it and will be ignored by other
surface systems
1.8.8 EXTENDED SQUITTER MILITARY APPLICATION, DOWNLINK FORMAT 19

Note.— This format supports the broadcast of extended squitter ADS-B messages in
support of military applications. A separate format is used to distinguish these extended
squitters from the standard ADS-B message set broadcast using DF = 17 or 18.
1.8.8.1 Military format. The format used for DF = 19 shall be a 112-bit downlink format
containing the following fields: Field Reference
DF downlink format 1.3.2.1.2
AF Controfield 1.8.8.2
1.8.8.2 Application field. This 3-bit (6-8) downlink field in DF = 19 shall be used to
define the format of the 112-bit transmission.
Code 0 to 7 = Reserved
1.8.9 EXTENDED SQUITTER MAXIMUM TRANSMISSION RATE
1.8.9.1 The maximum total number of extended squitters (DF = 17, 18 and 19) emitted by
any extended squitter installation shall not exceed 6.2 per second, except as specified in
1.8.9.2.
1.8.9.2 For installations capable of emitting DF = 19 squitters and in accordance with
1.8.8, transmission rates for lower power DF = 19 squitters shall be limited to a peak of
forty DF = 19 squitters per second, and thirty DF = 19 squitters per second averaged over
10 seconds, provided that the maximum total squitter power-rate product for the sum of
full power DF = 17 squitters, full power DF = 18 squitters, full power DF = 19 squitters,
and lower power DF = 19 squitters, is maintained at or below a level equivalent to the
power sum of 6.2 full power squitters per second averaged over 10 seconds.
1.8.9.3 States shall ensure that the use of low power and higher rate DF = 19 operation
(as per 1.8.9.2) is compliant with the following requirements:;
a) it is limited to formation or element lead aircraft engaged in formation flight,
directing the messages toward wing and other lead aircraft through a directional antenna
with a beam-width of no more than 90 degrees; and
 
1630 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
b) the type of information contained in the DF = 19 message is limited to the same
type of information in the DF = 17 message, that is, information for the sole purpose of
safety-of-flight.
Note.— This low-power, higher squitter rate capability is intended for limited use by
State aircraft in coordination with appropriate regulatory bodies.

1.8.9.4 All UF = 19 airborne interrogations shall be included in the interference control

provisions of 1.2.2.2.
1.9 AIRCRAFT IDENTIFICATION PROTOCOL
1.9.1 Aircraft identification reporting. A ground-initiated Comm-B request (1.6.11.2)
containing RR equals 18 and either DI does not equal 7 or DI equals 7 and RRS equals 0
shall cause the resulting reply to contain the aircraft identification in its MB field.
1.9.1.1 AIS, aircraft identification subfield in MB. The transponder shall report the
aircraft identification in the 48-bit (41-88) AIS subfield of MB. The aircraft identification
transmitted shall be that employed in the flight plan. When no flight plan is available, the
registration marking of the aircraft shall be inserted in this subfield.
Note.— When the registration marking of the aircraft is used, it is classified as “fixed
direct data”. When another type of aircraft identification is used, it is classified as
“variable direct data”.
1.9.1.2 Coding of the AIS subfield. The AIS subfield shall be coded as follows:

Note.— Aircraft identification coding provides up to eight characters.

The BDS code for the aircraft identification message shall be BDS1 equals 2 (33-36) and
BDS2 equals 0 (37-40). Each character shall be coded as a 6-bit subset of the
International Alphabet Number 5 (IA-5) as illustrated in Table 3-8. The character code
shall be transmitted with the high order unit (b6) first and the reported aircraft
identification shall be transmitted with its left-most character first. Characters shall be
coded consecutively without intervening SPACE code. Any unused character spaces at
the end of the subfield shall contain a SPACE character code.
1.9.1.3 Aircraft identification capability report. Transponders which respond to a
ground-initiated request for aircraft identification shall report this capability in the data
link capability report (.6.10.2.2.2) by setting bit 33 of the MB subfield to 1.
1.9.1 4 Change of aircraft identification. If the aircraft identification reported in the AIS
subfield is changed in flight, the transponder shall report the new identification to the
ground by use of the CommB broadcast message protocol of 1.6.11.4 for BDS1 = 2 (33 -
36) and BDS2 = 0 (37 - 40). The transponder shall initiate, generate and announce the
revised aircraft identification even if the interface providing flight identification is lost.
The transponder shall ensure that the BDS code is set for the aircraft identification report
in all cases, including a loss of the interface. In this latter case, bits 41 - 88 shall contain
all ZEROs.

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1631
Note.— The setting of the BDS code by the transponder ensures that a broadcast change
of aircraft identification will contain the BDS code for all cases of flight identification
failure (e.g. the loss of the interface providing flight identification).
1.10 ESSENTIAL SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS OF THE SSR MODE S
TRANSPONDER
1.10.1 Transponder sensitivity and dynamic range. Transponder sensitivity shall be
defined in terms of a given interrogation signal input level and a given percentage of
corresponding replies. Only correct replies containing the required bit pattern for the
interrogation received shall be counted. Given an interrogation that requires a reply
according to 1.4, the minimum triggering level, MTL, shall be defined as the minimum
input power level for 90 per cent reply-to-interrogation ratio. The MTL shall be –74 dBm
±3 dB. The reply-to-interrogation ratio of a Mode S transponder shall be;
a) at least 99 per cent for signal input levels between 3 dB above MTL and –21
dBm; and
b) no more than 10 per cent at signal input levels below –81 dBm.
Note.— Transponder sensitivity and output power are described in this section in terms
of signal level at the terminals of the antenna. This gives the designer freedom to arrange
the installation, optimizing cable length and receiver-transmitter design, and does not
exclude receiver and/or transmitter components from becoming an integral part of the
antenna subassembly.

1.10.1 1 Reply ratio in the presence of interference

Note.— The following paragraphs present measures of the performance of the Mode S
transponder in the presence of interfering Mode A/C interrogation pulses and low-level
in-band CW interference.
1.10.1.1.1 Reply ratio in the presence of an interfering pulse. Given a Mode S
interrogation which requires a reply(1.4), the reply ratio of a transponder shall be at least
95 per cent in the presence of an interfering Mode A/C interrogation pulse if the level of
the interfering pulse is 6 dB or more below the signal level for Mode S input signal levels
between –68 dBm and –21 dBm and the interfering pulse overlaps the P6 pulse of the
Mode S interrogation anywhere after the sync phase reversal. Under the same conditions,
the reply ratio shall be at least 50 per cent if the interference pulse level is 3 dB or more
below the signal level.
1.10.1.1.2 Reply ratio in the presence of pulse pair interference. Given an interrogation
which requires a reply (1.4), the reply ratio of a transponder shall be at least 90 per cent
in the presence of an interfering P1 – P2 pulse pair if the level of the interfering pulse
pair is 9 dB or more below signal level for input signal levels between –68 dBm and –21
dBm and the P1 pulse of the interfering pair occurs no earlier than the P1 pulse of the
Mode S signal.
1.10.1.1.3 Reply ratio in the presence of low level asynchronous interference. For all
received signals between –65 dBm and –21 dBm and given a Mode S interrogation that
requires a reply according to 1.4 and if no lockout condition is in effect, the transponder
shall reply correctly with at least 95 per cent reply ratio in the presence of asynchronous
interference. Asynchronous interference shall be taken to be a single Mode A/C
interrogation pulse occurring at all repetition rates up to 10 000 Hz at a level 12 dB or
more below the level of the Mode S signal.

 
1632 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
Note.— Such pulses may combine with the P1 and P2 pulses of the Mode S interrogation
to form a valid Mode A/C-only all-call interrogation. The Mode S transponder does not
respond to Mode A/C-only allcall interrogations. A preceding pulse may also combine
with the P2 of the Mode S interrogation to form a valid Mode A or Mode C interrogation.
However, the P1 –P2 pair of the Mode S preamble takes precedence. The Mode S
decoding process is independent of the Mode A/Mode C decoding process and the Mode
S interrogation is accepted.
1.10.1.1.4 Reply ratio in the presence of low-level in-band CW interference. In the
presence of noncoherent CW interference at a frequency of 1 030 ±0.2 MHz at signal
levels of 20 dB or more below the desired Mode A/C or Mode S interrogation signal
level, the transponder shall reply correctly to at least 90 per cent of the interrogations.
1.10.1.1.5 Spurious response
1.10.1.1.5.1 The response to signals not within the receiver pass band shall be at least 60
dB below normal sensitivity.
1.10.1.1.5.2 For equipment certified after 1 January 2011, the spurious Mode A/C reply
ratio generated by low level Mode S interrogations shall be no more than::
a) an average of 1 per cent in the input interrogation signal range between –81
dBm and the Mode S
MTL; and
b) a maximum of 3 per cent at any given level in the input interrogation signal
range between –81 dBm
and the Mode S MTL.
Note 1.— Failure to detect a low level Mode S interrogation can also result in the
transponder decoding a three-pulse Mode A/C/S all-call interrogation. This would result
in the transponder responding with a Mode S all-call (DF = 11) reply. The above
requirement will also control these DF = 11 replies since it places a limit on the
probability of failing to correctly detect the Mode S interrogation.
Note 2.— More information about issuing a type certificate for aircraft and separate
design approval can be found in the Airworthiness Manual (Doc 9760).
1.10.2 Transponder peak pulse power. The peak power of each pulse of a reply shall;
a) not be less than 18.5 dBW for aircraft not capable of operating at altitudes
exceeding 4 570 m (15 000 ft);
b) not be less than 21.0 dBW for aircraft capable of operating above 4 570 m (15
000 ft);
c) not be less than 21.0 dBW for aircraft with maximum cruising speed exceeding
324 km/h (175 kt); and
d) not exceed 27.0 dBW.

1.10.2.1 Inactive state transponder output power. When the transponder is in the inactive
state the peak pulse power at 1 090 MHz plus or minus 3 MHz shall not exceed –50 dBm.
The inactive state is defined to include the entire period between transmissions less 10-
microseconds transition periods preceding the first pulse and following the last pulse of
the transmission.

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1633
Note.— Inactive state transponder power is constrained in this way to ensure that an
aircraft, when located as near as 185 m (0.1 NM) to a Mode A/C or Mode S interrogator,
does not cause interference to that installation. In certain applications of Mode S,
airborne collision avoidance for example, where a 1 090 MHz transmitter and receiver
are in the same aircraft, it may be necessary to further constrain the inactive state
transponder power.
1.10.2.2 Spurious emission radiation
CW radiation shall not exceed 70 dB below 1 watt.
1.10.3 SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS
1.10.3. 1 Mode S side-lobe suppression
Note.— Side-lobe suppression for Mode S formats occurs when a P5 pulse overlays the
location of the sync phase reversal of P6, causing the transponder to fail to recognize the
interrogation.
Given a Mode S interrogation that requires a reply, the transponder shall;
a) at all signal levels between MTL +3 dB and –21 dBm, have a reply ratio of less
than 10 per cent if the received amplitude of P5 exceeds the received amplitude of P6 by
3 dB or more;
b) at all signal levels between MTL +3 dB and –21 dBm, have a reply ratio of at
least 99 per cent if the received amplitude of P6 exceeds the received amplitude of P5 by
12 dB or more.
1.10.3.2 Mode S dead time. Dead time shall be defined as the time interval beginning at
the end of a reply transmission and ending when the transponder has regained sensitivity
to within 3 dB of MTL.
Mode S transponders shall not have more than 125 microseconds’ dead time.
1.10.3.3 Mode S receiver desensitization. The transponder’s receiver shall be desensitized
according to
1.7.1 of the Sixth Schedule on receipt of any pulse of more than 0.7 microseconds
duration.
1.10.3.3.1 Recovery from desensitization. Recovery from desensitization shall begin at
the trailing edge of each pulse of a received signal and shall occur at the rate prescribed
1.7.2 of the Sixth Schedule, provided that no reply or data transfer is made in response to
the received signal.
1.10.3.4 Recovery after Mode S interrogations that do not elicit replies
1.10.3.4.1 Recovery after a single Mode S interrogation
1.10.3.4.1.1 The transponder shall recover sensitivity to within 3 dB of MTL no later than
128 microseconds after receipt of the sync phase reversal following a Mode S
interrogation that is not accepted or that is accepted but requires no reply.
1.10.3.4.1.2 The transponder shall recover sensitivity to within 3 dB of MTL no later than
45 microseconds after receipt of the sync phase reversal following a Mode S
interrogation that is not accepted or that is accepted but requires no reply.
1.10.3.4.1.3All Mode S transponders installed on or after 1 January 1999 shall recover
sensitivity to within 3 dB of MTL no later than 45 microseconds after receipt of the sync

 
1634 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
phase reversal following a Mode S interrogation that is not accepted or that is accepted
but requires no reply.
1.10.3.4.2 Recovery after a Mode S Comm-C interrogation. A Mode S transponder with
Comm-C capability shall recover sensitivity to within 3 dB of MTL no later than 45
microsecondss after receipt of the sync phase reversal following acceptance of a Comm-
C interrogation for which no reply is required.
1.10.3.5 Unwanted Mode S replies. Mode S transponders shall not generate unwanted
Mode S replies more often than once in 10 seconds. Installation in the aircraft shall be
made in such a manner that this standard shall be achieved when all possible interfering
equipments installed in the same aircraft are operating at maximum interference levels.

1.10.3.5.1 Unwanted Mode S replies in the presence of low-level in-band CW

interference. In the presence of non-coherent CW interference at a frequency of 1 030
±0.2 MHz and at signal levels of 60 dBm or less, and in the absence of valid interrogation
signals, Mode S transponders shall not generate unwanted Mode S replies more often
than once per 10 seconds.
1.10.3.6 Reply rate limiting
Note.— Reply rate limiting is prescribed separately for Modes A and C and for Mode S.
1.10.3.6.1 Mode S reply rate limiting. Reply rate limiting is not required for the Mode S
formats of a transponder. If such limiting is incorporated for circuit protection, it shall
permit the minimum reply rates required in 1.10.3.7.2 and 1.10.3.7.3.
1.10.3.6.2Modes A and C reply rate limiting. Reply rate limiting for Modes A and C shall
be effected according to 1.9.1in the Sixth Schedule. The prescribed sensitivity reduction
shall not affect the Mode S performance of the transponder.
1.10.3.7 Minimum reply rate capability, Modes A, C and S
1.10.3.7.1 All reply rates specified in 1.10.3.7 shall be in addition to any squitter
transmissions that the transponder is required to make.
1.10.3.7.2 Minimum reply rate capability, Modes A and C. The minimum reply rate
capability for Modes A and C shall be in accordance with 1.9 in the Sixth Schedule.
1.10.3.7.3 Minimum reply rate capability, Mode S. A transponder capable of transmitting
only short Mode S replies shall be able to generate replies at the following rates;
50 Mode S replies in any 1-second interval
18 Mode S replies in a 100-millisecond interval
8 Mode S replies in a 25-millisecond interval
4 Mode S replies in a 1.6-millisecond interval
In addition to any downlink ELM transmissions, a level 2, 3 or 4 transponder shall be
able to generate as long replies at least;
16 f 50 Mode S replies in any 1-second interval
6of 18 Mode S replies in a 100-millisecond interval
4of 8 Mode S replies in a 25-millisecond interval
2 of 4 Mode S replies in a 1.6-millisecond interval

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1635
Transponders used in conjunction with ACAS shall be able to generate as long replies at
least;
60 Mode S replies in any 1-second interval
6 of 18 Mode S replies in a 100-millisecond interval
4 of 8 Mode S replies in a 25-millisecond interval
2 of 4 Mode S replies in a 1.6-millisecond interval
In addition to downlink ELM transmissions, a level 5 transponder shall be able to
generate as long replies at least;
24 of 50 Mode S replies in any 1-second interval
9 of 18 Mode S replies in a 100-millisecond interval
6 of 8 Mode S replies in a 25-millisecond interval
2 of 4 Mode S replies in a 1.6-millisecond interval
1.10.3.7.4 Minimum Mode S ELM peak reply rate

Note 1.— When a downlink ELM is initialized,, the Mode S transponder announces the
length (in segments) of the waiting message. The transponder must be able to transmit
this number of segments, plus an additional margin to make up for missed replies, during
the beam dwell of the ground interrogator.
At least once every second a Mode S transponder equipped for ELM downlink operation
shall be capable of transmitting in a 25-millisecond interval, at least 25 per cent more
segments than have been announced in the initialization The minimum length downlink
ELM capability for level 4 and 5 transponders shall be as specified in 1.10.5.2.2.2.
Note 2.— A transponder capable of processing the maximum length downlink ELM (16
segments) is therefore required to be able to transmit 20 long replies under the above
conditions. Level 4 transponders may be built which process less than the maximum
message length. These transponders cannot initialize a message length that exceeds their
transmitter capability. For example, a transponder that can transmit at most 10 long
replies under the above conditions can never announce a message of more than 8
segments.
1.10.3.8 Reply delay and jitter
Note.— After an interrogation has been accepted and if a reply is required, this reply
transmission begins after a fixed delay needed to carry out the protocols. Different values
for this delay are assigned for Modes A and C, for Mode S and for Modes A/C/S all-call
replies.
1.10.3.8.1 Reply delay and jitter for Modes A and C. The reply delay and jitter for Modes
A and C transactions shall be as provided in 1.10 in the Sixth Schedule.
1.10.3.8.2 Reply delay and jitter for Mode S. For all input signal levels between MTL and
–21 dBm, the leading edge of the first preamble pulse of the reply shall occur 128 plus or
minus 0.25 microseconds after the sync phase reversal of the received P6. The jitter of
the reply delay shall not exceed 0.08 microseconds, peak (99.9 percentile).
1.10.3.8.3 Reply delay and jitter for Modes A/C/S all call. For all input signal levels
between MTL +3 dB and –21 dBm the leading edge of the first preamble pulse of the

 
1636 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
reply shall occur 128 plus or minus 0.5 microsecondss after the leading edge of the P4
pulse of the interrogation.Jitter shall not exceed 0.1 microseconds, peak (99.9 percentile).
Note.— A peak jitter of 0.1 microseconds is consistent with the jitter prescribed in 1.10 in
the Sixth Schedule.
1.10.3.9 Timers. Duration and features of timers shall be as shown in Table 3-9. All
timers shall be capable of being restarted. On receipt of any start command, they shall run
for their specified times. This shall occur regardless of whether they are in the running or
the non-running state at the time that the start command is received. A command to reset
a timer shall cause the timer to stop running and to return to its initial state in preparation
for a subsequent start command.
1.10.3.10 Inhibition of replies. Replies to Mode A/C/S all-call and Mode S-only all-call
interrogations shall always be inhibited when the aircraft declares the on-the-ground
state. It shall not be possible to inhibit replies to discretely addressed Mode S
interrogations regardless of whether the aircraft is airborne or on the ground.
1.10.3.10.1 Aircraft shall provide means to determine the on-the-ground state
automatically and provide that information to the transponder.
1.10.3.10. Mode A/C replies shall be inhibited when the aircraft is on the ground to
prevent interference when in close proximity to an interrogator or other aircraft.
Note.— Mode S discretely addressed interrogations do not give rise to such interference
and may be required for data link communications with aircraft on the airport surface.
Acquisition squitter transmissions may be used for passive surveillance of aircraft on the
airport surface.
1.10.4 Transponder antenna system and diversity operation. Mode S transponders
equipped for diversity operation shall have two RF ports for operation with two antennas,
one antenna on the top and the other on the bottom of the aircraft’s fuselage. The
received signal from one of the antennas shall be selected for acceptance and the reply
shall be transmitted from the selected antenna only.
1.10.4.1 Radiation pattern. The radiation pattern of Mode S antennas when installed on
an aircraft shall be nominally equivalent to that of a quarter-wave monopole on a ground
plane.

Note.— Transponder antennas designed to increase gain at the expense of vertical

beamwidth are undesirable because of their poor performance during turns.
1.10.4.2 Antenna location. The top and bottom antennas shall be mounted as near as
possible to thecentre line of the fuselage. Antennas shall be located so as to minimize
obstruction to their fields in the horizontal plane.
1.10.4.2.1 The horizontal distance between the top and bottom antennas shall not be
greater than 7.6 m (25 ft).
Note.— This recommendation is intended to support the operation of any diversity
transponder (including cables) with any diversity antenna installation and still satisfy the
requirement of 1.10.4.5.
1.10.4.3 Antenna selection. Mode S transponders equipped for diversity operation shall
have the capability to evaluate a pulse sequence simultaneously received on both antenna
channels to determine individually for each channel if the P1 pulse and the P2 pulse of a
Mode S interrogation preamble meet the requirements for a Mode S interrogation as

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1637
defined in 1.0 of the First Schedule1 and if the P1 pulse and the P3 pulse of a Mode A,
Mode C or intermode interrogation meet the requirements for Mode A and Mode C
interrogations as defined in Part IV of these regulations.
Note.— Transponders equipped for diversity operation may optionally have the
capability to evaluate additional characteristics of the received pulses of the
interrogations in making a diversity channel selection. The transponder may as an option
evaluate a complete Mode S interrogation simultaneously received on both channels to
determine individually for each channel if the interrogation meets the requirements for
Mode S interrogation acceptance as defined in 1.4.1.2.3.
1.10.4.3.1 If the two channels simultaneously receive at least a P1 – P2 pulse pair that
meets the requirements for a Mode S interrogation, or a P1 – P3 pulse pair that meets the
requirements for a Mode A or Mode C interrogation, or if the two channels
simultaneously accept a complete interrogation, the antenna at which the signal strength
is greater shall be selected for the reception of the remainder (if any) of the interrogation
and for the transmission of the reply.
1.10.4.3.2 If only one channel receives a pulse pair that meets the requirements for an
interrogation, or if only one channel accepts an interrogation, the antenna associated with
that channel shall be selected regardless of received signal strength.
1.10.4.3.3 Selection threshold. If antenna selection is based on signal level, it shall be
carried out at all signal levels between MTL and –21 dBm.
Note.— Either antenna may be selected if the difference in signal level is less than 3 dB.
1.10.4.3.4 Received signal delay tolerance. If an interrogation is received at one antenna
0.125 microseconds or less in advance of reception at the other antenna, the
interrogations shall be considered to be simultaneous interrogations, and the above
antenna selection criteria applied. If an accepted interrogation is received at either
antenna 0.375 microseconds or more in advance of reception at the other antenna, the
antenna selected for the reply shall be that which received the earlier interrogation. If the
relative time of receipt is between 0.125 and 0.375 microseconds, the transponder shall
select the antenna for reply either on the basis of the simultaneous interrogation criteria or
on the basis of the earlier time of arrival.
1.10.4.4 Diversity transmission channel isolation. The peak RF power transmitted from
the selected antenna shall exceed the power transmitted from the non-selected antenna by
at least 20 dB.
1.10.4.5 Reply delay of diversity transponders. The total two-way transmission difference
in mean reply delay between the two antenna channels (including the differential delay
caused by transponder-toantenna cables and the horizontal distance along the aircraft
centre line between the two antennas) shall not exceed 0.13 microseconds for
interrogations of equal amplitude. This requirement shall hold for interrogation signal
strengths between MTL +3 dB and –21 dBm. The jitter requirements on each individual
channel shall remain as specified for non-diversity transponders.
Note.— This requirement limits apparent jitter caused by antenna switching and by cable
delay differences.
1.10.5 DATA PROCESSING AND INTERFACES
1.10.5.1 Direct data. Direct data shall be those which are required for the surveillance
protocol of the Mode S system.

 
1638 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
1.10.5.1.1 Fixed direct data. Fixed direct data are data from the aircraft which do
not change in flight and shall be:
a) the aircraft address;
b) the maximum airspeed ; and
c) the registration marking if used for flight identification .
1.10.5.1.2 Interfaces for fixed direct data
Interfaces from the transponder to the aircraft shall be designed such that the values of
the fixed direct data become a function of the aircraft installation rather than of the
transponder configuration.
Note.— The intent of this recommendation is to encourage an interface technique which
permits transponder exchange without manipulation of the transponder itself for setting
the fixed direct data.
1.10.5.1.2 Variable direct data. Variable direct data are data from the aircraft
which can change in flight and shall be:
a) the Mode C altitude code;
b) the Mode A identity code ;
c) the on-the-ground condition ;
d) the aircraft identification if different from the registration marking ; and
e) the SPI condition .
1.5.1.4 Interfaces for variable direct data.
1.10.5.1.4.1 A means shall be provided, while on the ground or during flight, for the SPI
condition to be inserted by the pilot, without the entry or modification of other flight data.
1.10.5.1.4.2 A means shall be provided, while on the ground or during flight, for the
Mode A identity code to be displayed to the pilot and modified without the entry or
modification of other flight data.
1.10.5.1.4.3 For transponders of Level 2 and above, a means shall be provided, while on
the ground or during flight, for the aircraft identification to be displayed to the pilot, and,
when containing variable data (1.10.5.1.3 d)), to be modified without the entry or
modification of other flight data.
Note.— Implementation of the pilot action for entry of data will be as simple and efficient
as possible in order to minimize the time required and reduce the possibility of errors in
the data entry.
1.10.5.1.4.4 Interfaces shall be included to accept the pressure-altitude and on-the-ground
coding.
Note.— A specific interface design for the variable direct data is not prescribed.
1.10.5.2 Indirect data
Note.— Indirect data are those which pass through the transponder in either direction
but which do not affect the surveillance function.
If origins and/or destinations of indirect data are not within the transponder’s enclosure,
interfaces shall be used for the necessary connections.
1.10.5.2.1 The function of interfaces

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1639
Note.— Indirect data interfaces for standard transactions serve interrogations which
require a reply and the broadcast function. Indirect data interfaces for ELM serve that
system and require buffering and protocol circuitry within the transponder.
Interface ports can be separate for each direction and for each service or can be
combined in any manner.
1.10.5.2.1.1 Uplink standard length transaction interface. The uplink standard length
transaction interface shall transfer all bits of accepted interrogations, (with the possible
exception of the AP field), except for UF = 0, 11 or 16.
Note.— AP can also be transferred to aid in integrity implementation.
1.10.5.2.1.2 Downlink standard length transaction interface. A transponder which
transmits information originating in a peripheral device shall be able to receive bits or bit
patterns for insertion at appropriate locations within the transmission. These locations
shall not include those into which bit patterns generated internally by the transponder are
inserted, nor the AP field of the reply. A transponder which transmits information using
the Comm-B format shall have immediate access to requested data in the sense that the
transponder shall respond to an interrogation with data requested by that interrogation.
Note.— This requirement may be met in two ways;
i. the transponder may have provisions for internal data and protocol buffering;
ii. the transponder may employ a “real time” interface which operates such that
uplink data leave the transponder before the corresponding reply is generated and
downlink data enter the transponder in time to be incorporated in the reply.
1.10.5.2.1.3 Extended length message interface
Note.— The ELM interface extracts from, and enters into, the transponder the data
exchanged between air and ground by means of the ELM protocol.
1.10.5.2.2 Indirect data transaction rates
1.10.5.2.2.1 Standard length transactions. A transponder equipped for information
transfer to and from external devices shall be capable of processing the data of at least as
many replies as prescribed for minimum reply rates in 1.10.3.7.2 and uplink data from
interrogations being delivered at a rate of at least;
50 long interrogations in any 1-second interval
18 long interrogations in a 100-millisecond interval
8 long interrogations in a 25-millisecond interval 4 long interrogations in a 1.6-
millisecond interval.
Note 1.— A transponder capable of reply rates higher than the minimum of 1.10.3.7.2
need not accept long interrogations after reaching the uplink data processing limits
above.
Note 2.— The Mode S reply is the sole means of acknowledging receipt of the data
content of a Mode S interrogation. Thus, if the transponder is capable of replying to an
interrogation, the Mode S installation must be capable of accepting the data contained in
that interrogation regardless of the timing between it and other accepted interrogations.
Overlapping Mode S beams from several interrogators could lead to the requirement for
considerable data processing and buffering. The minimum described here reduces data
processing to a realistic level and the non-acceptance provision provides for notification
to the interrogator that data will temporarily not be accepted.

 
1640 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
1.10.5.2.2.2 Extended length transactions. Level 3 and level 4) transponders shall be able
to transfer data from at least four complete sixteen segment uplink ELMs in any four
second interval. A level 5 transponder shall be able to transfer the data from at least four
complete sixteen segment uplink ELMs in any one second interval and shall be capable
of accepting at least two complete sixteen segment uplink ELMs with the same II code in
a 250 millisecond interval. A level 4 transponder shall be able to transmit at least one
four-segment downlink ELM in any one second interval. A level 5 transponder shall be
able to transmit at least one sixteen segment downlink ELM in any one second interval.
1.10.5.2.2.2.1 Level 3 and level 4 transponders shall be able to accept at least two
complete sixteen segment uplink ELMs in a 250 millisecond interval.
1.10.5.2.3 Data formats for standard length transactions and required downlink aircraft
parameters (DAPs)
1.10.5.2.3.1 All level 2 and above transponders shall support the following registers;
— the capability reports ;
— the aircraft identification protocol register 20 {HEX}; and
— for ACAS-equipped aircraft, the active resolution advisory register 30 {HEX}.
1.10.5.2.3.2 Where required, DAPs shall be supported by the registers listed in Table 3-
12. The formats and minimum update rates of transponder registers shall be implemented
consistently to ensure interoperability.
1.10.5.2.3.3 The downlink standard length transaction interface shall deliver downlink
aircraft parameters (DAPs) to the transponder which makes them available to the ground.
Each DAP shall be packed into the Comm-B format (‘MB’ field) and can be extracted
using either the ground-initiated Comm-B (GICB) protocol, or using MSP downlink
channel 3 via the dataflash application.
Note.— The formats and update rates of each register and the dataflash application are
specified in the Technical Provisions for Mode S Services and Extended Squitter (ICAO
Doc 9871).
1.10.5.3 Integrity of data content transfer. A transponder which employs data interfaces
shall include sufficient protection to ensure error rates of less than one error in 103
messages and less than one undetected error in 107 112-bit transmissions in both
directions between the antenna and each interface port.
1.10.5.4 Message cancellation. The downlink standard length transaction interface and
the extended length message interface shall include the capability to cancel a message
sent to the transponder for delivery to the ground, but whose delivery cycle has not been
completed (i.e. a closeout has not been accomplished by a ground interrogator).
Note.— One example of the need for this capability is to cancel a message if delivery is
attempted when the aircraft is not within coverage of a Mode S ground station. The
message must then be cancelled to prevent it from being read and interpreted as a
current message when the aircraft re-enters Mode S airspace.
1.10.5.5 Air-directed messages. The transfer of this type of message requires all of the
actions indicated in 1.10.5.4 plus the transfer to the transponder of the interrogator
identifier of the site that is to receive the message.
1.11 ESSENTIAL SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS OF THE GROUND
INTERROGATOR

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1641
Note.— To ensure that Mode S interrogator action is not detrimental to Mode A/C
interrogators, performance limits exist for Mode S interrogators.
1.11.1 Interrogation repetition rates. Mode S interrogators shall use the lowest
practicable interrogation repetition rates for all interrogation modes.
Note.— Accurate azimuth data at low interrogation rates can be obtained with
monopulse techniques.
1.11.1.1 All-call interrogation repetition rate.
1.11.1.1.1 The interrogation repetition rate for the Mode A/C/S all-call, used for
acquisition, shall be less than 250 per second. This rate shall also apply to the paired
Mode S-only and Mode A/C-only allcall interrogations used for acquisition in the
multisite mode.
1.11.1.1.2 Maximum number of Mode S all-call replies triggered by an interrogator. For
aircraft that are not locked out, a Mode S interrogator shall not trigger, on average, more
than 6 Mode S all-call replies per period of 200 ms and no more than 26 Mode S all-call
replies counted over a period of 18 seconds.

1.11.1.1 Interrogation repetition rate to a single aircraft

1.11.1.1.1 Interrogations requiring a reply. Mode S interrogations requiring a reply shall
not be transmitted to a single aircraft at intervals shorter than 400 microseconds.
1.11.1.2.2 Uplink ELM interrogations. The minimum time between the beginning of
successive CommC interrogations shall be 50 microseconds.
1.11.1.3 Transmission rate for selective interrogations
1.11.1.3.1 For all Mode S interrogators, the transmission rate for selective
interrogations shall be;
a) less than 2 400 per second averaged over a 40-millisecond interval; and
b) less than 480 into any 3-degree sector averaged over a 1-second interval.

1.11.1.3.2 Additionally, for a Mode S interrogator that has overlapping coverage with the
side lobes of any other Mode S interrogator, the transmission rate for selective
interrogations shall be;
a) less than 1 200 per second averaged over a 4-second interval; and
b) less than 1 800 per second averaged over a 1-second interval.
Note.— Typical minimum distance to ensure side lobe separation between interrogators
is 35 km.
1.11.2 INTERROGATOR-EFFECTIVE RADIATED POWER
The effective radiated power of all interrogation pulses shall be minimized as described
in Regulation 41.
1.11.3 Inactive-state interrogator output power. When the interrogator transmitter is not
transmitting an interrogation, its output shall not exceed –5 dBm effective radiated power
at any frequency between 960 MHz and 1 215 MHz.
Note.— This constraint ensures that aircraft flying near the interrogator (as close as 1.85
km (1 NM)) will not receive interference that would prevent them from being tracked by

 
1642 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
another interrogator. In certain instances even smaller interrogator-to-aircraft distances
are of significance, for example if Mode S surveillance on the airport surface is used. In
such cases a further restraint on inactive state interrogator output power may be
necessary.
1.11.3.1 Spurious emission radiation
CW radiation shall not exceed 76 dB below 1 watt.
1.11.4 Tolerances on transmitted signals. In order that the signal-in-space be received
by the transponder as described in 1.1, the tolerances on the transmitted signal shall be as
summarized in Table 3-11.1.11.5 SPURIOUS RESPONSE
The response to signals not within the pass band shall be at least 60 dB below normal
sensitivity.
1.11.6 Lockout coordination. A Mode S interrogator shall not be operated using all-call
lockout until coordination has been achieved with all other operating Mode S
interrogators having any overlapping coverage volume in order to ensure that no
interrogator can be denied the acquisition of Mode Sequipped aircraft.
Note.— This coordination may be via ground network or by the allocation of interrogator
identifier (II) codes and will involve regional agreements where coverage overlaps
international boundaries.
1.11.7 MOBILE INTERROGATORS
Mobile interrogators shall acquire, whenever possible, Mode S aircraft through the
reception of squitters.
Note.— Passive squitter acquisition reduces channel loading and can be accomplished
without the need for coordination.
TABLES FOR FOURTH SCHEDULE
TABLE 3-1 PULSE SHAPES- MODES S AND INTERMODE INTERROGATIONS

Table 3-2. Pulse shapes — Mode S replies

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1643
TABLE 3-3. FIELD DEFINITIONS

 
1644 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
TABLE 3-4. SUBFIELD DEFINITIONS

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1645
Table 3-5. Interrogation — reply protocol summary
Interrogation Speed conditions Reply DF
UF
0 RL equals 0 0
RL equals 1 16
4 RR less than 16 4
RR equal to or greater than 16 20
5 RR less than 16 5
RR equal to or greater than 16 21
11 Transponder locked out to No reply
interrogator code,
Stochastic reply test fails ( No reply
Otherwise 11
20 RR less than 16 4
RR equal to or greater than 16 20
AP contains broadcast address No reply
21 RR less than 16 5
RR equal to or greater than 16 21
AP contains broadcast address No reply
24 RC equals 0 or 1 No reply 24
RC equals 2 or 3
TABLE 3-6. TABLE FOR REGISTER 1016
Subfields of register 1016 MB bits Comm-B bits
Continuation flag 9 41
Overlay command capability 15 47
ACAS capability 16 and 37-40 48 and 69-72
Mode S subnetwork version number 17-23 49-55
Transponder enhanced protocol indicator 24 56
Specific services capability 25 57
Uplink ELM capability 26-28 58-60
Downlink ELM capability 29-32 61-64
Aircraft identification capability 33 65
Squitter capability subfield (SCS) 34 66
Surveillance identifier code capability (SIC) 35 67

 
1646 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
Common usage GICB capability report 36 68
Status of DTE sub-addresses 0 to 15 41-56 73-88

TABLE 3-7. SURFACE FORMAT BROADCAST WITHOUT AN AUTOMATIC

MEANS OF ON-THE-GROUND DETERMINATION

ADS-B Emitter Category set “A”

Coding Meaning Ground speed Airspeed Radio Altitude

0 No ADS-B emitter Always report airborne position

category information message
1 Light (<15 500 lbs or 7 Always report airborne position
031 kg) message
2 Small (15 500 to 75 000 < 100 knots and < 100 knots and <50 feet
lbs or 7 031 to 34 019 kg)
3 Large (75 000 lbs to 300 < 100 knots and < 100 knots and <50 feet
000 lbs or 34 019 to 136
078 kg
4 High-vortex aircraft < 100 knots and < 100 knots and <50 feet
5 Heavy (> 300 000 lbs or < 100 knots and < 100 knots and <50 feet
136 078 kg) <
6 High performance < 100 knots and < 100 knots and <50 feet
(>5g acceleration and
>400 knots)
7 Rotorcraft Always report airborne position
message
ADS-B Emitter Category set “B”
Coding Meaning Ground speed Airspeed Radio Altitude
0 No ADS-B emitter
Always report airborne position
category information message

1 Glider/sailplane Always report airborne position

message
2 Lighter-than-air Always report airborne position
message
3 Parachutist/skydiver Always report airborne position
message
4 Ultra- Always report airborne position
light/hangglider/paraglider message
5 Reseverd Reserved
6 Unmanned aerial vehicle Always report airborne position
message
7 Space/trans-atmospheric <100 knots and <100 knots and <50 ft
vehicle
ADS-B Emitter Category set “C”
Coding Meaning Ground speed Airspeed Radio Altitude

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1647
0 No ADS-B emitter
Always report airborne position
message
category information
1 Surface vehicle – Always report airborne position
emergency vehicle message
2 Surface vehicle - service Always report airborne position
vehicle message
3 Fixed ground or tethered Always report airborne position
obstruction message
4-7 Reserved Reserved
ADS-B Emitter Category set “D”
Coding Meaning Ground speed Airspeed Radio Altitude
0 No ADS-B emitter
Always report airborne position
message
category information
1-7 Reseved Reserved
TABLE 3-8: CHARACTER CODING FOR TRANSMISSION OF AIRCRAFT
IDENTIFICATION BY DATA LINK

 
1648 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
TABLE 3-9: TIMER CHARACTERISTICS
Timer Duration Tolerance
Name Number Symbol s s Resettable
Non-selective 1 TD 18 ±1 no
lockout
Temporary alert 1 TC 18 ±1 no
SPI 1 Ti 18 ±1 no
Reservations B, 3* TS 18 ±1 yes
C,D
Multisite lockout 78 TL 18 ±1 yes
*As required
TABLE 3.10 : REGISTER 1016

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1649
TABLE 3-11: TRANSMITTED SIGNAL TOLERANCES

 
1650 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
TABLE 3-12. DAPS REGISTERS

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1651

FIGURES FOR FOURTH SCHEDULE

Figure 3-1. Definitions of secondary surveillance radar waveform shapes, intervals and
the reference point for sensitivity and power

 
1652 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018

Figure 3-2. Required spectrum limits for interrogator transmitter

Figure 3-3. Intermode interrogation pulse sequence

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1653

Figure 3-4. Mode S interrogation pulse sequence

Figure 3-5. Required spectrum limits for transponder transmitter

Note.— This figure shows the spectrum centred on the carrier frequency and will
therefore shift in its entirety plus or minus 1 MHz alongwith the carrier frequency

 
1654 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018

Figure 3-6. Mode S reply

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1655
NOTES:

1. XX:M denotes a field designated “XX” which is assigned M bits.

2. N denotes unassigned coding space with N available bits. These shall be coded
as ZEROs for transmission.
3. For uplink formats (UF) 0 to 23 the format number corresponds to the binary
code in the first five bits of the interrogation. Format number 24 is defined as the format
beginning with “11” in the first two bit positions while the following three bits vary with
the interrogation content.
4. All formats are shown for completeness, although a number of them are unused.
Those formats for which no application is presently defined remain undefined in length.
Depending on future assignment they may be short (56 bits) or long (112 bits) formats.
Specific formats associated with Mode S capability levels are described in later
paragraphs. 5. The PC, RR, DI and SD fields do not apply to a Comm-A broadcast
interrogation.

 
1656 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
5. Figure 3-7. Summary of Mode S interrogation or uplink formats

NOTES: 1. XX:M denotes a field designated “XX” which is assigned M bits. P:24
denotes a 24-bit field reserved for parity information.
2. N denotes unassigned coding space with N available bits. These shall be coded
as ZEROs for transmission.
3. For downlink formats (DF) 0 to 23 the format number corresponds to the binary
code in the first five bits of the reply. Format number 24 is defined as the format
beginning with “11” in the first two bit positions while the following three bits may vary
with the reply content. 4. All formats are shown for completeness, although a number of
them are unused. Those formats for which no application is presently defined remain

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1657
undefined in length. Depending on future assignment they may be short (56 bits) or long
(112 bits) formats. Specific formats associated with Mode S capability levels are
described in later paragraphs.
5. The Data parity (DP) is used if it has been commanded by the OVC in accordance with
paragraph 1.6.11.2.5.

Figure 3-8. Summary of Mode S reply or downlink formats

FIFTH SCHEDULE
(REGULATION 48(7))
ACAS SYSTEM
1. MODE A/C ACAS I INTERFERENCE LIMITS

 
1658 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
Where;
na= number of operating ACAS II and ACAS III equipped aircraft near own (based
on ACAS broadcasts received with a transponder receiver threshold of –74 dBm); { } =
average value of the expression within the brackets over last 8 interrogation cycles;

Pa(k) = peak power radiated from the antenna in all directions of the pulse having the
largest amplitude in the group of pulses comprising a single interrogation during the kth
Mode A/C interrogation in a 1 s interrogation cycle, W;
k = index number for Mode A/C interrogations, k = 1, 2,...,kt; kt= number of Mode A/C
interrogations transmitted in a 1 s interrogation cycle; fr= Mode A/C reply rate of own
transponder. (; and
1.8.7 Table 2-1: ACAS design assumptions)

1.8.8. ACAS interference limiting inequalities- ACAS shall adjust its interrogation rate
and interrogation power such that the following three inequalities remain true, except as
provided in regulation 84(6).

The variables in these inequalities shall be defined as follows;

it= number of interrogations (Mode A/C and Mode S) transmitted in a 1 s interrogation
cycle. This shall include all Mode S interrogations used by the ACAS functions,
including those in addition to UF = 0 and UF = 16 interrogations, except as provided
regulation 84(6);

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1659
i= index number for Mode A/C and Mode S interrogations, i= 1, 2,...,it;
α = the minimum of α 1 calculated as 1/4 [nb/nc] subject to the special conditions given
below and α 2 calculated as
Log10 [na/nb] / Log10 25, where nbandncare defined as the number of operating ACAS II
and ACAS III equipped aircraft (airborne or on the ground) within 11.2 km (6 NM) and
5.6 km (3 NM) respectively, of own ACAS (based on ACAS surveillance). ACAS
aircraft operating on the ground or at or below a radio altitude of 610 m(2 000 ft) AGL
shall include both airborne and on-ground ACAS
II and ACAS III aircraft in the value for nbandnc. Otherwise, ACAS shall include only
airborne ACAS II and ACAS III aircraft in the value for nbandnc. The values of α, α1
and α2 are further constrained to a minimum of 0.5 and a maximum of 1.0.
In addition;

p(i) = peak power radiated from the antenna in all directions of the pulse having the
largest amplitude in the group of pulses comprising a single interrogation during the ith
interrogation in a 1 s interrogation cycle, W; m(i) = duration of the mutual suppression
interval for own transponder associated with the ith interrogation in a 1 s interrogation
cycle, s;
B = beam sharpening factor (ratio of 3 dB beam width to beamwidth resulting from
interrogation sidelobe suppression). For ACAS interrogators that employ transmitter side-
lobe suppression (SLS), the appropriate beamwidth shall be the extent in azimuth angle
of the Mode A/C replies from one transponder as limited by SLS, averaged over the
transponder population;

1.8.9Sensitivity Levels-
Sensitivity levels. ACAS shall be capable of operating at any of a number of sensitivity
levels. These shall include:
a) S = 1, a “standby” mode in which the interrogation of other aircraft and all
advisories are inhibited;
b) S = 2, a “TA only” mode in which RAs are inhibited; and
c) S = 3-7, further levels that enable the issue of RAs that provide the warning
times indicated in Table 4-2 as well as TAs.
Table 4-2:

 
1660 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018

1.8.10Coordination interrogations
Figure 5-1: Summary of Mode S interrogation or uplink formats

NOTES:
1. XX:M denotes a field designated “XX” which is assigned M bits.

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1661
2. N denotes unassigned coding space with N available bits. These shall be coded
as ZEROs for transmission.
3. For uplink formats (UF) 0 to 23 the format number corresponds to the binary
code in the first five bits of the interrogation. Format number 24 is defined as the format
beginning with “11” in the first two bit positions while the following three bits vary with
the interrogation content.
4. All formats are shown for completeness, although a number of them are unused.
Those formats for which no application is presently defined remain undefined in length.
Depending on future assignment they may be short (56 bits) or long (112 bits) formats.
Specific formats associated with Mode S capability levels are described in later
paragraphs.
5. The PC, RR, DI and SD fields do not apply to a Comm-A broadcast
interrogation.
1.8.11Surveillance and Communication Formats used by ACAS
6.1 The air-air surveillance and communication formats which are used by ACAS shall be
as in Figure 6-1.
Figure 6-1: Surveillance and Communication formats used by ACAS

6.2DR (downlink request). The significance of the coding of the downlink request field
shall be as follows:
Coding
2 See regulations, 47(17),
3 ACAS message available
4 Comm-B message available and ACAS message available
4-5 See regulation 47(17)
6 Comm-B broadcast message 1 available and ACAS message available
7 Comm-B broadcast message 2 available and ACAS message available
8-31 See Regulation 47(17)
6.3 RI (air-air reply information). The significance of the coding in the RI field shall be
as follows:
Coding
0 No operating ACAS
1 Not assigned
2 ACAS with resolution capability inhibited

 
1662 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018

3 ACAS with vertical-only resolution capability

4 ACAS with vertical and horizontal resolution capability
5-7 Not assigned
8-15 See regulation 60(7)

Bit 14 of the reply format containing this field shall replicate the AQ bit of the
interrogation. The RI field shall report “no operating ACAS” (RI = 0) if the ACAS unit
has failed or is in standby. The RI field shall report “ACAS with resolution capability
inhibited” (RI = 2) if sensitivity level is 2 or TA only mode has been selected.
Note.— Codes 0-7 in the RI field indicate that the reply is a tracking reply and also give
the ACAS capability of the interrogated aircraft. Codes 8-15 indicate that the reply is an
acquisition reply and also give the maximum true airspeed capability of the interrogated
aircraft.
6.4RR (reply request). The significance of the coding in the reply request field shall be as
follows:
Coding
0-18 See regulation 47(3
19 Transmit a resolution advisory report
20-31 See regulation 47(3)
SIXTH SCHEDULE (R. 52)
1. THREAT DETECTION IN ACAS
1.1.Declaration of threat. ACAS shall evaluate appropriate characteristics of each
intruder to determine whether or not it is a threat.
1.1.1Intruder characteristics. As a minimum, the characteristics of an intruder that are
used to identify a threat shall include;
a) tracked altitude;
b) tracked rate of change of altitude;
c) tracked slant range;
d) tracked rate of change of slant range; and
e) sensitivity level of intruder’s ACAS, Si.
For an intruder not equipped with ACAS II or ACAS III, Si shall be set to 1.
1.1.2 Own aircraft characteristics. As a minimum, the characteristics of own aircraft
that are used to identify a threat shall include:
a) altitude;
b) rate of change of altitude; and
c) sensitivity level of own ACAS (1.1.5).
1.2.Sensitivity levels. ACAS shall be capable of operating at any of a number of
sensitivity levels. These shall include;
a) S = 1, a “standby” mode in which the interrogation of other aircraft and all
advisories are inhibited;

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1663
b) S = 2, a “TA only” mode in which RAs are inhibited; and
c) S = 3-7, further levels that enable the issue of RAs that provide the warning
times indicated in Table 1-1 as well as TAs.
1.3.Selection of own sensitivity level (So). The selection of own ACAS sensitivity level
shall be determined by sensitivity level control (SLC) commands which shall be accepted
from a number of sources as follows:
a) SLC command generated automatically by ACAS based on altitude band or
other external factors;
b) SLC command from pilot input; and
c) SLC command from Mode S ground stations.
1.1.1 Permitted SLC command codes. As a minimum, the acceptable SLC command
codes shall include:
Coding for SLC based on altitude band 2-7 for SLC from pilot input 0,1,2 for SLC from
Mode S ground statons0,2-6
1.1.2Altitude-band SLC command. Where ACAS selects an SLC command based on
altitude, hysteresis shall be applied to the nominal altitude thresholds at which SLC
command value changes are required as follows: for a climbing ACAS aircraft the SLC
command shall be increased at the appropriate altitude threshold plus the hysteresis
value; for a descending ACAS aircraft the SLC command shall be decreased at the
appropriate altitude threshold minus the hysteresis value.
1.1.3Pilot SLC command. For the SLC command set by the pilot the value 0 shall
indicate the
selection of the “automatic” mode for which the sensitivity level selection shall be based
on the other commands.

Table 1-1

1.1.4Mode S ground station SLC command. For SLC commands transmitted via Mode S
ground stations(1.2.1.1 in the Fourth Schedule), the value 0 shall indicate that the station
concerned is not issuing an SLC command and that sensitivity level selection shall be
based on the other commands, including non-0 commands from other Mode S ground
stations. ACAS shall not process an uplinked SLC value of 1.
1.1.4.1ATS selection of SLC command code. ATS authorities shall ensure that procedures
are in place to inform pilots of any ATS selected SLC command code other than 0.
1.1.5Selection rule. Own ACAS sensitivity level shall be set to the smallest non-0 SLC
command received from any of the sources listed in 1.3.
1.2Selection of parameter values for RA generation. When the sensitivity level of own
ACAS is 3 or greater, the parameter values used for RA generation that depend on

 
1664 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
sensitivity level shall be based on the greater of the sensitivity level of own ACAS, So,
and the sensitivity level of the intruder’s ACAS, Si.
1.3Selection of parameter values for TA generation. The parameter values used for TA
generation that depend on sensitivity level shall be selected on the same basis as those for
RAs (1.4) except when an SLC command with a value of 2 (“TA only” mode) has been
received from either the pilot or a Mode S ground station. In this case, the parameter
values for TA generation shall retain the values they would have had in the absence of the
SLC command from the pilot or Mode S ground station.
SEVENTH SCHEDULE
(REGULATIONS 62, 73, 76, 77, 78, 82(2), 84 & 86(6))
ACAS FIELDS AND SUBFIELDS (REGULATION 62)
1.ACAS FIELDS AND SUBFIELDS
1.2Subfield in MA
1.2.1 ADS (A-definition subfield). This 8-bit (33-40) subfield shall define the remainder
of MA.
Note.— For convenience of coding, ADS is expressed in two groups of four bits each,
ADS1 and ADS2.
1.2.2When ADS1 = 0 and ADS2 = 5, the following subfield shall be contained in MA:
1.2.3SLC (ACAS sensitivity level control (SLC) command). This 4-bit (41-44) subfield
shall denote a sensitivity level command for own ACAS.

Note.— Structure of MA for a sensitivity level control command:

1.3Subfields in MB
1.3.1Subfields in MB for an RA report. When BDS1=3 and BDS2=0, the subfields
indicated below shall be contained in MB.
1.3.1.1ARA (active RAs). This 14-bit (41-54) subfield shall indicate the characteristics of
the RA, if any, generated by the ACAS associated with the transponder transmitting the
subfield. The bits in ARA shall have meanings determined by the value of the MTE

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1665
subfield and, for vertical RAs, the value of bit 41 of ARA. The meaning of bit 41 of ARA
shall be as follows:
Coding
0 There is more than one threat and the RA is intended to provide separation
below some threat(s) and above some other threat(s) or no RA has been generated (when
MTE = 0)
1 Either there is only one threat or the RA is intended to provide separation in the
same direction for all threats When ARA bit 41 = 1 and MTE = 0 or 1, bits 42-47 shall
have the following meanings:

Note.— When ARA bit 41 = 0 and MTE = 0, no vertical RA has been generated.
1.3.1.2RAC (RACs record). This 4-bit (55-58) subfield shall indicate all the currently
active RACs, if any, received from other ACAS aircraft. The bits in RAC shall have the
following meanings:

 
1666 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018

A bit set to 1 shall indicate that the associated RAC is active. A bit set to 0 shall indicate
that the associated RAC is inactive.
1.3.1.3RAT (RA terminated indicator). This 1-bit (59) subfield shall indicate when an RA
previously generated by ACAS has ceased being generated.
Coding

0 ACAS is currently generating the RA indicated in the ARA subfield

1 The RA indicated by the ARA subfield has been terminated
Note 1.— After an RA has been terminated by ACAS, it is still required to be reported by
the Mode S transponder for 18±1 s
(. The RA terminated indicator may be used, for example, to permit timely removal of an
RA indication from an air traffic controller’s display, or for assessments of RA duration
within a particular airspace.
Note 2.— RAs may terminate for a number of reasons: normally, when the conflict has
been resolved and the threat is diverging in range; or when the threat’s Mode S
transponder for some reason ceases to report altitude during the conflict. The RA
terminated indicator is used to show that the RA has been removed in each of these cases.
1.3.1.4MTE (multiple threat encounter). This 1-bit (60) subfield shall indicate whether
two or more simultaneous threats are currently being processed by the ACAS threat
resolution logic.

1.3.1.5TTI (threat type indicator subfield). This 2-bit subfield (61-62) shall define the
type of identity data contained in the TID subfield.

1.3.1.6TID (threat identity data subfield). This 26-bit subfield (63-88) shall contain the
Mode S address of the threat or the altitude, range, and bearing if the threat is not Mode S
equipped. If two or more threats are simultaneously processed by the ACAS resolution
logic, TID shall contain the identity or position data for the most recently declared threat.
If TTI = 1, TID shall contain in bits 63-86 the aircraft address of the threat, and bits 87
and 88 shall be set to 0. If TTI = 2, TID shall contain the following three subfields.
 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1667
1.3.1.6.1TIDA (threat identity data altitude subfield). This 13-bit subfield (63-75) shall
contain the most recently reported Mode C altitude code of the threat.

1.3.1.6.2TIDR (threat identity data range subfield). This 7-bit subfield (76-82) shall
contain the most recent threat range estimated by ACAS.

1.3.1.6.3TIDB (threat identity data bearing subfield). This 6-bit subfield (83-88) shall
contain the most recent estimated bearing of the threat aircraft, relative to the ACAS
aircraft heading.

Note.— Structure of MB for an RA report:

1.3.2Subfields in MB for the data link capability report. When BDS1 = 1 and BDS2 = 0,
the following bit patterns shall be provided to the transponder for its data link capability
report:
Bit Coding
48 0 ACAS failed or on standby
1 ACAS operating
69 0 Hybrid surveillance not operational
1 Hybrid surveillance fitted and operational
70 0 ACAS generating TAs only

 
1668 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
1 ACAS generating TAs and RAs

Note 3.— Future versions of ACAS will be identified using part numbers and software
version numbers specified in registers E516 and E616.
1.4 MU field. This 56-bit (33-88) field of long air-air surveillance interrogations
(Figure 4-1) shall be used to transmit resolution messages, ACAS broadcasts and RA
broadcasts.
1.4.1 UDS (U-definition subfield). This 8-bit (33-40) subfield shall define the
remainder of MU.
Note.— For convenience in coding, UDS is expressed in two groups of four bits each,
UDS1 and UDS2.
1.4.2 Subfields in MU for a resolution message. When UDS1 = 3 and UDS2 = 0 the
following subfields shall be contained in MU:
1.4.2.1 .MTB (multiple threat bit). This 1-bit (42) subfield shall indicate the presence or
absence of multiple threats.

1.4.2.2 VRC (vertical RAC). This 2-bit (45-46) subfield shall denote a vertical RAC
relating to the addressed aircraft.

1.4.2.3 CVC (cancel vertical RAC). This 2-bit (43-44) subfield shall denote the
cancellation of a vertical RAC previously sent to the addressed aircraft. This subfield
shall be set to 0 for a new threat.

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1669

1.4.2.4 HRC (horizontal RAC). This 3-bit (50-52) subfield shall denote a horizontal
RAC relating to the addressed aircraft.

1.4.2.5 CHC (cancel horizontal RAC). This 3-bit (47-49) subfield shall denote the
cancellation of a horizontal RAC previously sent to the addressed aircraft. This subfield
shall be set to 0 for a new threat.

1.4.2.6 VSB (vertical sense bits subfield). This 4-bit (61-64) subfield shall be used to
protect the data in the CVC and VRC subfields. For each of the 16 possible combinations
of bits 43-46 the following VSB code shall be transmitted:

 
1670 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018

Note.— The rule used to generate the VSB subfield bit setting is a distance 3 Hamming
code augmented with a parity bit, producing the ability to detect up to three errors in the
eight transmitted bits.
1.4.2.7 HSB (horizontal sense bits subfield). This 5-bit (56-60) subfield shall be used to
protect the data in the CHC and HRC subfields. For each of the 64 possible combinations
of bits 47-52 the following HSB code shall be transmitted:

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1671

 
1672 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1673
Note.— The rule used to generate the HSB subfield bit setting is a distance 3 Hamming
code augmented with a parity bit, producing the ability to detect up to three errors in the
eleven transmitted bits.
1.4.2.8 MID (Aircraft address). This 24-bit (65-88) subfield shall contain the 24-bit
aircraft address of the interrogating ACAS aircraft.
Note.— Structure of MU for a resolution message:

1.4.3 Subfield in MU for an ACAS broadcast. When UDS1 = 3 and UDS2 = 2, the
following subfield shall be contained in MU:
1.4.3.1 MID (Aircraft address). This 24-bit (65-88) subfield shall contain the 24-bit
aircraft address of the interrogating ACAS aircraft.
Note.— Structure of MU for an ACAS broadcast:

1.4.4 Subfields in MU for an RA broadcast. When UDS1 = 3 and UDS2 = 1, the

following subfields shall be contained in MU:
1.4.4.1 ARA (active RAs). This 14-bit (41-54) subfield shall be coded as defined in
1.2.1.1.
1.4.4.2 RAC (RACs record). This 4-bit (55-58) subfield shall be coded as defined in
1.2.1.2.
1.4.4.3 RAT (RA terminated indicator). This 1-bit (59) subfield shall be coded as
defined in 1.2.1.3.
1.4.4.4 MTE (multiple threat encounter). This 1-bit (60) subfield shall be coded as
defined in 1.2.1.4.
1.4.4.5 AID (Mode A identity code). This 13-bit (63-75) subfield shall denote the Mode
A identity code of the reporting aircraft.

1.4.4.6 CAC (Mode C altitude code). This 13-bit (76-88) subfield shall denote the Mode
C altitude code of the reporting aircraft.

Note.— Structure of MU for an RA broadcast:

 
1674 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018

1.5 MV field. This 56-bit (33-88) field of long air-air surveillance replies (Figure 4-
1) shall be used to transmit air-air coordination reply messages.
1.5.1 VDS (V-definition subfield). This 8-bit (33-40) subfield shall define the
remainder of MV.
Note.— For convenience in coding, VDS is expressed in two groups of four bits each,
VDS1 and VDS2.
1.5.2 Subfields in MV for a coordination reply. When VDS1 = 3 and VDS2 = 0, the
following subfields shall be contained in MV:
1.5.2.1 ARA (active RAs). This 14-bit (41-54) subfield shall be coded as defined in
1.2.1.1.
1.5.2.2 RAC (RACs record). This 4-bit (55-58) subfield shall be coded as defined in
1.2.1.2.

1.5.2.3 RAT (RA terminated indicator). This 1-bit (59) subfield shall be coded as
defined in 1.2.1.3.
1.5.2.4 MTE (multiple threat encounter). This 1-bit (60) subfield shall be coded as
defined in 1.2.1.4.
Note.— Structure of MV for a coordination reply:

1.6 SL (sensitivity level report). This 3-bit (9-11) downlink field shall be included in
both short and long air-air reply formats (DF = 0 and 16). This field shall denote the
sensitivity level at which ACAS is currently operating.

1.7 CC: Cross-link capability. This 1-bit (7) downlink field shall indicate the ability
of the transponder to support the cross-link capability, i.e. decode the contents of the DS

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1675
field in an interrogation with UF equals 0 and respond with the contents of the specified
GICB register in the corresponding reply with DF equals 16.
Coding
(c) signifies that the transponder cannot support the cross-link capability.
(d) signifies that the transponder supports the cross-link capability.
2. Standard altimetry error model
2.1 The errors in the simulated altitude measurements shall be assumed to be distributed
as a Laplacian distribution with zero mean having probability density

2.2The parameter λ required for the definition of the statistical distribution of altimeter
error for each aircraft shall have one of two values, λ1 and λ2, which depend on the
altitude layer of the encounter as follows:

2.3 For an aircraft equipped with ACAS the value of λ shall be λ1.
2.4For aircraft not equipped with ACAS, the value of λ shall be selected randomly using
the following probabilities:

3.ENCOUNTER CLASSES AND WEIGHTS

3.1 Aircraft address. Each aircraft shall be equally likely to have the higher aircraft
address.
3.2Altitude layers. The relative weights of the altitude layers shall be as follows:

3.3Encounter classes
3.3.1The encounters shall be classified according to whether the aircraft are level (L) or
transitioning (T) at the beginning (before tca) and end (after tca) of the encounter
window and whether or not the encounter is crossing, as follows:

 
1676 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018

3.3.2 The relative weights of the encounter classes shall depend on layer as follows:

3.4vmdbins

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1677
3.4.1The vmdof each encounter shall be taken from one of ten vmdbins for the non-
crossing encounter classes, and from one of nine or ten vmdbins for the crossing
encounter classes. Each vmdbin shall have an extent of 100 ft for calculating risk ratio, or
an extent of 200 ft for calculating compatibility with ATM. The maximum vmdshall be 1
000 ft for calculating risk ratio, and 2 000 ft otherwise.
3.4.2For non-crossing encounter classes, the relative weights of the vmdbins shall be as
follows:

Note.— The weights for the vmdbins do not sum to 1.0. The weights specified are based
on an analysis of encounters captured in ATC ground radar data. The missing proportion
reflects the fact that the encounters captured included some with vmdexceeding the
maximum vmdin the model.
3.4.3For the crossing classes, the relative weights of the vmdbins shall be as follows:

Note.— For the crossing classes, vmdmust exceed 100 ft so that the encounter qualifies
as a crossing encounter. Thus, for the calculation of risk ratio there is no vmdbin 1, and
for calculations of the compatibility with ATM vmdbin 1 is limited to [100 ft, 200 ft].
4. CHARACTERISTICS OF THE AIRCRAFT TRAJECTORIES IN THE VERTICAL PLANE

 
1678 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
4.1vmd. Thevmdfor each encounter shall be selected randomly from a distribution that is
uniform in the interval covered by the appropriate vmdbin.
4.2Vertical rate
4.2.1For each aircraft in each encounter, either the vertical rate shall be constant (ż) or the
vertical trajectory shall be constructed so that the vertical rate at tca – 35 s is ż1 and the
vertical rate at tca+ 5 s is ż2. Each vertical rate, ż, ż1or ż2, shall be determined by first
selecting randomly an interval within which it lies and then selecting the precise value
from a distribution that is uniform over the interval selected.
4.2.2The intervals within which the vertical rates lie shall depend on whether the aircraft
is level or transitioning and shall be as follows:

4.2.3For aircraft that are level over the entire encounter window, the vertical rate ż shall
be constant. The probabilities for the intervals within which ż lies shall be as follows:

4.2.4 For aircraft that are not level over the entire encounter window, the intervals for
ż1 and ż2 shall be determined jointly by random selection using joint probabilities that
depend on altitude layer and on whether the aircraft is transitioning at the beginning of
the encounter window (Rate-toLevel), at the end of the encounter window (Level-to-
Rate) or at both the beginning and the end (Rate-to-Rate). The joint probabilities for the
vertical rate intervals shall be as follows;
- for aircraft with Rate-to-Level trajectories in layers 1 to 3,

-. for aircraft with Rate-to-Level trajectories in layers 4 to 6,

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1679

for aircraft with Level-to-Rate trajectories in layers 1 to 3,

-for aircraft with Level-to-Rate trajectories in layers 4 to 6,

for aircraft with Rate-to-Rate trajectories in layers 1 to 3,

-for aircraft with Rate-to-Rate trajectories in layers 4 to 6,

4.2.5For a Rate-to-Rate track, if line |ż2 – ż1| < 566 ft/min then the track shall be
constructed with a constant rate equal to ż1.
4.3 Vertical acceleration

 
1680 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018
4.3.1For aircraft that are not level over the entire encounter window, the rate shall be
constant and equal to ż1 over at least the interval [tca – 40 s, tca– 35 s] at the beginning
of the encounter window, and shall be constant and equal to ż2 over at least the interval
[tca+ 5 s, tca+ 10 s] at the end of the encounter window. The vertical acceleration shall
be constant in the intervening period.
4.3.2The vertical acceleration shall be modelled as follows:;

where the parameter A is case-dependent as follows;

and the error ε is selected randomly using the following probability density;

Where

Note.— The sign of the acceleration zis determined by ż1 and ż2 . An error ε that reverses
this sign must be rejected and the error reselected.
4.4Acceleration start time. The acceleration start time shall be distributed uniformly in
the time interval [tca– 35 s, tca– 5 s] and shall be such that ż2 is achieved no later than
tca+ 5 s.
5. CHARACTERISTICS OF THE AIRCRAFT TRAJECTORIES IN THE HORIZONTAL PLANE
5.1Horizontal miss distance
5.1.1For calculations of the effect of ACAS on the risk of collision, hmd shall be
uniformly distributed in the range [0, 500 ft].
5.1.2For calculations concerning the compatibility of ACAS with ATM, hmdshall be
distributed so that the values of hmdhave the following cumulative probabilities:

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1681

5.2Approach angle. The cumulative distribution for the horizontal approach angle shall
be as follows:
approach cumulative probability approach cumulative probability angle (deg.) Layers 1-
3 Layers 4-6 angle (deg.) Layers 1-3 Layers 4-6

5.3Aircraft speed. The cumulative distribution for each aircraft’s horizontal ground speed
at closest approach shall be as follows:

 
1682 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018

5.4Horizontalmanoeuvre probabilities. For each aircraft in each encounter, the

probability of a turn, the probability of a speed change given a turn, and the probability of
a speed change given no turn shall be as follows:

5.4.1 Given a speed change, the probability of a speed increase shall be 0.5 and the
probability of a speed decrease shall be 0.5.
5.5 Turn extent. The cumulative distribution for the extent of any turn shall be as follows:

5.5.1The direction of the turn shall be random, with the probability of a left turn being 0.5
and the probability of a right turn being 0.5.

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1683
5.6Bank angle. An aircraft’s bank angle during a turn shall not be less than 15 degrees.
The probability that it equals 15 degrees shall be 0.79 in layers 1-3 and 0.54 in layers 4-5.
The cumulative distribution for larger bank angles shall be as follows:

5.7Turn end time. The cumulative distribution for each aircraft’s turn end time shall be as
follows:

5.8Speed change. A constant acceleration or deceleration shall be randomly selected for

each aircraft performing a speed change in a given encounter, and shall be applied for the
duration of the encounter. Accelerations shall be uniformly distributed between 2 kt/s and
6 kt/s. Decelerations shall be uniformly distributed between 1 kt/s and 3 kt/s.
6. COMPATIBILITY WITH AIR TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT (ATM)
An RA shall be considered a “nuisance” for the purposes of sub-regulation (1) unless, at
some point in the encounter in the absence of ACAS, the horizontal separation and the
vertical separation are simultaneously less than the following values ;

6.DEVIATIONS CAUSED BY ACAS

The collision avoidance logic shall be such that the number of RAs resulting in
“deviations” greater than the values indicated shall not exceed the following proportions
of the total number of RAs:.

 
1684 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018

8.ACAS USE OF EXTENDED SQUITTER

Full active surveillance. If the followingcondition is met for a track being updated via
passive surveillance data

The aircraft shall be declared an active track and shall be updated on active range
measurements once per second for as long as the above condition is met.
EIGHTH SCHEDULE

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1685
(REGULATIONS 88, 91, 92, 98)
ADS-B
1.1.FIGURE1-1: ADS-B/TIS-B SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL MODE

 
1686 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018

1.9 TABLE 1-1: ADS-B CLASS A EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS

Note 1.— See 1.10.2 of the Third Schedule for restrictions on the use of this category of
Mode S transponder.
Note 2.— The extended squitter messages applicable to Class A equipment are defined in
the Technical Provisions for Mode S Services and Extended Squitter (ICAO Doc
9871).

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1687
1.10 Table 1-2: ADS-B Class B equipment characteristics-

Note 1.— See 1.10.2 of the Third Schedule for restrictions on the use of this category of
Mode S transponder.
Note 2.— The appropriate ATS authority is expected to get the maximum power level
permitted.
Note 3.— Fixed obstacles use the airborne ADS-B message formats since knowledge of
their location is of primary interest to airborne aircraft
1.11 TABLE 1-3:RECEPTIONPERFORMANCE FOR AIRBORNE RECEIVING
SYSTEMS

 
1688 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018

Note 1.—Specific MTL is referenced to the signal level at the output terminal of the
antenna, assuming a passive antenna. If electronic amplification is integrated into the
antenna assembly, then the MTL is referenced at the input to the amplifier. For Class A3
receivers, a second performance level is defined at a received signal level of –87 dBm
where 15 per cent of the messages are to be successfully received. MTL values refer to
reception under non interference conditions.
Note 2.—The extended squitter receiver reception techniques are defined in regulation
92. “Standard” reception techniques refer to the baseline techniques, as required for
ACAS 1 090 MHz receivers that are intended to handle single overlapping Mode A/C
fruit. “Enhanced” reception techniques refer to techniques intended to provide improved
reception performance in the presence of multiple overlapping Mode A/C fruit and
improved decoder retriggering in the presence of overlapping stronger Mode S fruit. The
requirements for the enhanced reception techniques that are applicable to the specific
airborne receiver classes are defined in regulation 92.

 
 Kenya Subsidiary Legislation, 2018 1689
1.12 TABLE 2-4: MODE S EXTENDED SQUITTER AIRBORNE RECEIVING
SYSTEM REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
Receiver Class Minimum ADS-B Minimum TIS reporting
reporting requirements requirements

A0 (basic VFR) ADS-B state vector report TIS-B report and TIS-B
and ADS-B mode status management report
report
A1 (Basic IFR) ADS-B state vector report and ADS-B TIS-B report and TIS-B
mode status report and ADS-B air management report
referenced velocity report
(ARV)

A2 (Enhanced IFR) ADS-B state vector report and ADS-B TIS-B report and TIS-B
mode status report and ARV report and management report
ADS-B target state report

A3 (Extended ADS-B state vector report and ADS-B TIS-B report and TIS-B
capability) mode status report and ARV report and management report
ADS-B target state report

Made on the18th June, 2018.

JAMES MACHARIA,
Cabinet Secretary for Transport, Infrastructure,
Housing and Urban Development.

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER, NAIROBI